Você está na página 1de 184

Recommended Price: $5.

00

sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
PaKTI 1³ Gg;eKøs - Exµr
PaKTI 2³ Exµr - Gg;eKøs mCÄmNÐledIm,IsnþiPaBnigGPivDÆn_
viTüasßanbNþúHbNþalnigRsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
GtßaFib,ay niymn½y BaküKnøwH
ni g karbkRsayBI k argarksag
snþiPaBRsbeTAtamkarvivtþn _én
GkSrsa®sþCati .
sTÞanuRkm

sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Peacebuilding Lexicon
karksagsnþiPaB
Gtßn½ybkRsayRtw mRtUv man
RbmaN 600Bakü nigmanpþl;
]TahrN_sMrab;CaCMnYydl;kar
yl;dwgBIkargarksagsnþiPaB .
Peacebuilding
Lexicon
PaKTI 1³ Gg;eKøs - Exµr
Part One: English – Khmer

Cambodia Development
Resource Institute
PaKTI 2³ Exµr - Gg;eKøs
Part Two: Khmer – English
56 Street 315, Tuol Kork, Phnom Penh

Postal address: PO Box 622,


Phnom Penh, Cambodia

Tel: (855-23) 881-384/881-701/881-916


»k esrI esaPkþ× nig David Wharton

/883-603 Tel/Fax: (855-23) 880-734 CamYy


e-mail: cdri@camnet.com.kh
Gg;eKøs-Exµr mas sava:t/ Ca mYyRKI/ Ekb k½NÑar:U/
website: http://www.cdri.org.kh
Exµr-Gg;eKøs R)ak; suxanI nig efag kkáda
snÞanuRkm
karksagsnþiPaB
Peacebuilding Lexicon

Ok Serei Sopheak and David Wharton


with
Meas Savath, Chea Mouy Kry, Kep Kanaro,
Prak Sokhany and Thorng Kakada

Centre for Peace and Development


Cambodia Development Resource Institute

Phnom Penh, September 2004


Please Note: This lexicon is a work in progress. Feedback and suggestions for
improvements to future editions are welcome and can be addressed to
“CPD Lexicon” by email to: pubs@cdri.forum.org.kh, or sent to CDRI.

kMNt;sMKal;³ snÞanuRkmenH KWCakargarEdllUtlas;eTAmuxCanic© . eyIgsUmsVaKmn_dl;karpþl;


Bt’manRtlb; nigmtieyabl;epSg² edIm,ICYyEklMGdl;kare)aHBum<elIkeRkay . sMNUmBr nig
Bt’manRtlb;nanaGacepJImk {snÞanuRkm CPD} tamGIuEml³ pubs@cdri.forum.org.kh b¤epJI
mk viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa .

Peacebuilding Lexicon

Copyright © 2004 Cambodia Development Resource Institute


All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system or transmitted in any form or by any means—electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise—without the written permission of the Cambodia Development
Resource Institute.

Cambodia Development Resource Institute


56 Street 315, Tuol Kork, Phnom Penh
(Postal address: PO Box 622, Phnom Penh, Cambodia)
Tel: (855-23) 881-384/881-701/881-916/883-603 Tel/Fax: (855-23) 880-734
e-mail: cdri@camnet.com.kh website: http://www.cdri.org.kh

Editing: YOU Sethirith


Layout: EM Sorany, OUM Chantha, KHAT Laykim and ENG Saloth
Printed and bound in Cambodia by STC (JSRC) Printing House
GarmÖkfa
kñúgry³eBldb;qñaMcugeRkayenH skmµPaBxagvis½yksagvb,Fm’snþiPaBenAkm<úCa man
karrIkcMerInKYr[kt;sMKal;CaTIbMput . viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
¬vbsG¦ )ancUlrYmy:agskmµkñúgvis½yenH eday)anbegáItnUvkmµviFIsnþiPaBmYytaMgBIqñaM1996
EdlmaneQµaHfa mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; ehIyeRkaymkbþÚrCa mCÄmNÐledIm,I
snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ rhUtmkdl;sBVéf¶ . CamYynwgskmµPaBd¾mmajwkepSg²eTot vbsG )an
pþÜcepþImKMniterobcM sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB enHeLIg edaymanshRbtibtþikary:agCitsñiT§
CamYyGgÁkarminEmnrdæaPi)almYycMnYneTot .
sMrab;RKb;vis½yTaMgGs; karR)aRs½yTak;TgKñaeTAvijeTAmkrvagmnusSCatitamry³kar
eRbIPasa KWCaktþamUldæanEdlBMuGaceCosvag)an . b:uEnþ karyl;eXIj b¤kar[niymn½yeTAelI
BaküeBcn_ enAkñúgPasanImYy² - CaBiesskñúgvis½yenAfµIefµag dUcCa vis½yksagsnþiPaB nigedaH
RsayTMnas;enH - EtgtMrUv[manÉksarmYycMnYnCaeKalkñúgkarsVHEsVgrkcMNucÉkPaB
eCosvag karminyl;Kña b¤karP½nþRcLM. enAkñúgsµartIenHehIyEdl vbsG
)ancMNayeBlCagBIrqñaM edIm,I erobcMsTÞanuRkmenHeLIg eday)anyl;dwgc,as;Nas;fa
enHRKan;EtCacMNuccab;epþImEtb:ueNÑaH . kñúgeBlbMeBjkic©karenH eyIg)anCYb]bsKÁCaeRcIn
EteyIgk¾)anTTYlmkvijnUvPaBeBjcitþeBj eføIm
tamry³kareFVIshRbtibtþikarCamYyGgÁkarÉeTotCaédKU nigmanemaTnPaB edayman
GarmµN_fa )ancUlrYmcMENkeFVI[GkSrsa®sþCati mankarrIkcMerInmYykMritEfmeTot enAkñúgvis½y
CaKnøwHmYysMrab;RbeTsCatimatuPUmiEdl)anqøgkat;ePøIgs®gÁamGs;CitbITsvtSr_ . enAkñúgkar
BiPakSaelIBaküeBcn_nImYy² smaCikRkumkargarmñak;² )anykbTBiesaFn_Cak;Esþgd¾mantMél
rbs;xøÜnmkeFVICamUldæankñúgkarbþÚreyabl; kñúgsµartIPatrPaBBitR)akd eyaKyl;KñaeTAvijeTA
mk nigelIkdMekIgGkSrsa®sþCati . eyIgk¾)ansegáteXIjRbkbedayemaTnPaBfa exmr³Pasa
CaGkSrsa®sþmYymanPaBrs;revIk GacbkRsaynUv sµartI KMnit TsSn³ b¤menaseBa©tna eTaHbI
kñúgvis½ymYyd¾fµI dUcCa karksagsnþiPaB nigkaredaHRsayTMnas;enHCaedIm .
i
enAkñúgkarerobcMsTÞanuRkmenH eyIgKitCanic©CakaleTAdl;GñkeRbIR)as;TaMgGs; CaBiess
eTAdl;skmµCnTaMgLayEdlts‘Uya:gsVitsVajbMerIkargarksagsnþiPaB nigedaHRsayTMnas;
dUecñHehIyeTIbmanBaküeBcn_CaeRcIn)anTTYlnUvkarbkRsayy:aglMGit . eyIgmanCMenOy:ag
mutmaMfa skmµCnTaMgenaHCayuT§CnsnþiPaBy:agBitR)akd EdlnwgeFVI[karRsLaj;snþiPaB nig
karRbyuT§RbqaMgTl;nwgGMeBIhigSa eRCotcUlbnþicmþg² eTAkñúgpñt;KMnitRbCaBlrdæExµr CaBiess
kñúgRsTab;yuvCnCMnan;eRkay edIm,I[RBlwgsnþiPaBenAkñúgRbeTskm<úCakan;EtrwgbuwgeLIg ehIy
sßitenAkñúgdYgcitþrbs;eyIgmñak;²Canic©nirnþr_teTA .
dUceyIg)anbBa¢ak;BIxagelIehIy sTÞanuRkmenHRKan;EtCakarcab;epþImmYyEtb:ueNaÑH .
eyIgsgÇwmfa GñkeRbIR)as; nigskmµCnksagsnþiPaBTaMgGs; nwgnaMykbTBiesaFn_fµI²mkCYy
EklMGCabnþbnÞab;EfmeTot edIm,I[GkSrsa®sþCatieyIgkñúgvis½yenHmankarrIkcMerIn\tQb;Qr.
sUm[snÞanuRkmenH køayCakarcUlrYmcMENkmYyd¾smRsb kñúgkarksagsnþiPaByUr
GEgVgenAkm<úCa .
raCFanIPñMeBj/ Ex]sPa 2004
»k esrI esaPkþ×

ii
Preface

During the last ten years, the peace sector in Cambodia has been significantly
developed. The Cambodia Development Resource Institute (CDRI) has been very
active in the sector, in particular through the Cambodian Centre for Conflict Resolution
which it established in 1996 (later renamed the Centre for Peace and Development).
Amongst other projects, CDRI initiated the preparation of this Peacebuilding Lexicon,
with cooperation from other peacebuilding NGOs.
In all sectors, language constitutes a fundamental element of communication
between human beings. However, the understanding of the definition given to each
word in each language - particularly in new disciplines like the culture of peace and
conflict resolution - needs to be based on some referent documents if we want to have a
general agreement about their meaning in order to avoid misunderstanding and
confusion. It is in this spirit that CDRI has spent more than two years preparing this
lexicon, at the same time being aware that this is just a starting point. We have met
many difficulties, but we have also received great satisfaction and pride in return, and
the strong feeling that we have contributed to upgrade the national language in
cooperation with NGO partners. These efforts have taken place in a key sector for a
country that has been through three decades of war. During the discussions of each
word, members of the Working Group brought valuable field experience in a spirit of
true friendship, mutual understanding, and in the interest of the national language. We
noted with pride that the Khmer language is very rich and flexible in interpreting the
spirit, ideas, thoughts and feelings, even in relatively new disciplines such as
peacebuilding and conflict resolution.
During the preparation of this lexicon, our thoughts went out constantly to the
users, especially to all the activists that are working tirelessly in the fields of
peacebuilding and conflict resolution, which is the reason why many words are
explained in great detail. We strongly believe that those activists are the true soldiers of
peace who will use their love of peace to overcome violence. This will gradually
become part of the attitude of the Cambodian people, particularly among the new
generation, in such a way that the spirit of peace becomes stronger and stronger in
Cambodia and takes root in all our hearts and minds.
As already mentioned, this lexicon is just a starting point. We hope that all users
and activists in the field of peacebuilding will continue to make valuable changes to
this initial work based on their experience, so that our language will continue to make
progress.
May this lexicon contribute, in its modest way, to building a long-lasting peace
in Cambodia.
OK SEREI Sopheak
Phnom Penh, May 2004

iii
esckþIepþIm nigesckþIEføgGMNrKuN
sTÞanuRkmenH KWCatwktagénviFankard¾RbesIrEdlsgÁmkm<úCaRKb;Can;fñak;)andak;Gnuvtþ
edIm,Iksagvb,Fm’snþiPaB nigedIm,IeqøIytbnwgkarERbRbYld¾RCaleRCAEdlnaMmkedaysRgÁam RBm
TaMgdMeNIrkarsþarksagRbeTseLIgvij . GnþrkalxagRbCasaRsþ esdækic© nigvb,Fm’Edlbnþman
plb:HBal;y:agFMeFgeTAelIsgÁmkm<úCaCaRbéBNI )anTamTar[manviFIfµI²eTotsMrab;R)aRs½y
Tak;TgnwgeFVIkargarCamYyKña . CalT§pl GgÁkarCaeRcIn)anbBa©ÚlTidæPaBepSg²énkarksag
snþiPaBeTAkñúgkmµviFInanarbs;xøÜn RBmTaMg)anpþl;karbNþúHbNþalxag karRKb;RKgTMnas;GhigSa
siT§imnusS nigvis½yCab;Tak;TinCaeRcIneTot ehIyk¾)anbegáItvaküs½BÞmYyfµIenAkñúgRbeTskm<úCa .
BaküTaMgenHenAefµagfµIenAeLIy eTaHbIkñúgPasaGg;eKøskþIEdlTamTar[mankarkMNt;niymn½y
edIm,I[GñkniyayGg;eKøsCaPasakMeNItGacyl;)an dUecñHkarksagvaküs½BÞEbbenHenAkñúgPasa
Exµr KWrwtEtsµúKsµajmYykMriteTot . mü:ageTotBYkGñkGnuvtþkarRKb;RKgTMnas;tamEbbRbéBNI )an
cab;GarmµN_kan;EteRcIneLIg BItMrUvkarykviFIsaRsþnaMcUlBIbreTsnana mkerobcMsMrYleTAtam
vb,Fm’kñúgRsuk .
esovePAenH maneKaledACMrujdMeNIrkarxagelI nigpþl;siT§iGMNac[tYGgÁkñúgRsuk kñúgkar
ksagvaküs½BÞExµr sMrab;eRbICamUldæanrYmkñúgkarEsVgyl; nigRKb;RKgTMnas; . esovePAenHman
eKaledAbMpuskarCECkEvkEjkBIBaküExµr ¬nigGg;eKøs¦ CaCagBüayamGHGagfaBaküNamYy
BitCaRtwmRtUvdac;Nat; . sTÞanuRkmk¾min)anBüayamedaHRsaynUvbBaðaCab;Tak;Tinl¥xagvb,Fm’
b¤k¾kargayRsYlepÞrcuHeLIgqøgPasaenaHEdr b:uEnþ)anxitxMBnül;BaküGg;eKøs[)anc,as;bMputtam
GaceFVI)an edIm,I[GñkGnuvtþenAkm<úCaGacyl;)an . edaysarvaCa sTÞanuRkmGg;eKøs-Exµr
dUecñHmanBaküExµrCaeRcInBMuRtUv)anelIkeLIgeT . Epñk Exµr-Gg;eKøs enAPaKTIBIrénsTÞanuRkmenH
manpþl;EtBakübkERbb:ueNÑaH edIm,IgayeTArkemIlenAkñúgniymn½ycMbg²rbs;va . dMeNIrkar
bc©úb,nñénkarerobcMsMrYltamvb,Fm’ nigkarksagKMrU nigTsSn³epSg²rbs;km<úCapÞal; RtUvkar
eBlevlaeRcInqñaM nigkarRtiHriHBicarNaEp¥kelIbTBiesaFn_enApÞal;kEnøg dUecñHehIyKWminGaceFVI
ekItenAkñúgesovePAenHeT .

iv
KMnitbegáItsTÞanuRkmBaküxagedaHRsayTMnas; )anelIkeLIgCadMbUgedayGñkcUlrYm1kñúgvKÁ
bNþúHbNþalsþIBIkaredaHRsayTMnas;EdlerobcMeday mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; kñúg
kic©shkarCamYyGgÁkaredImenAGg;eKøsmaneQµaHfa {eqøIytbnwgTMnas; (Responding to
Conflict: RTC)} . karbNþúHbNþalry³ 8s)þah_eFVICaPasaGg;eKøsmanbkERbCaExµr KWCavKÁTI1
RbePTenHenAkm<úCa ehIy)anbBa©ÚlBakü nigTsSn³fµI²CaeRcIn . KMnitxagelIRtUv)annayika
vbsG KWelakRsI eGv:a mIsøIvik nigbuKÁliknanaénmCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; TTYlyk
ehIyelak gI sn m®nþIkmµviFIrbs;mCÄmNÐl k¾)ancab;epþImkargarBIdMbUg²elIsTÞanuRkmBIrPasa
sMrab;BaküeBcn_xagedaHRsayTMnas; . elakRsI Josephine Barbour nigelak Bob McLaughlin
k¾)ancgRkgsTÞanuRkmPasaGg;eKøsmYy énBaküeBcn_eRbIkñúgesovePAbNþúHbNþalxagedaHRsay
TMnas;rbs;mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; Edl)anehIyeRsc)ac;enAqñaM2000 . Éksar
TaMgBIrxagelI )anpþl;KMnitsMrab;sTÞanuRkmenH fVIebIkñúgrUbPaBbc©úb,nñvaminsUvdUcKñakþI . karpøas;bþÚr
eRcInEbbenH vaqøúHbBa©aMgBIkarrIklUtlas;kñúgkargarksagsnþiPaBenAkm<úCakñúgry³eBlmYyd¾xøI .
kñúgkic©bMerIkarCaCMnYykarbec©keTsrbs; mCÄmNÐledIm,IsnþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ ´manPBVl¥
RtUv)anRbKl;Parkic©[bnþkargarelIKMeragenH
ehIy)antak;EtgGtßbTCaPasaGg;eKøsfµImYyeTot.
mankrNICaeRcInEdlkarpþl;niymn½yCaGg;eKøsKWCabBaðaRbQmd¾FM ehIyelak »k esrI esaPk×þ
EdlCaGñksMrbsMrYlénmCÄmNÐledIm,IsnþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ naeBlenaH k¾CYbbBaðab:unKñaEdrkñúgkar
bkERbCaPasaExµr . karRbwgERbgpþl;ÉksarCaPasaExµrmYyEdlGaceRbIkarekIt CaerOy²)annaM
[mankarEksMrYlGtßbTGg;eKøseLIgvij ehIykargarrYmKñarbs;BYkeyIgenAkñúgdMNak;kalenaH
)anCYy[eyIgrIklUtlas;mYykMriteTot . kargarQanmuxrbs; vbsG sBVéf¶ kñúgkarksagvKÁ
bNþúHbNþalCaPasaExµrsþIBIkarRKb;RKgTMnas; k¾CaFnFand¾sMxan;mYysMrab;karcgRkg nigkar
bkERbsTÞanuRkmenHEdr . kñúgenH´sUmGrKuNCaBiesscMeBaHRkumbNþúHbNþalénmCÄmNÐledIm,I
snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ nigTIRbwkSabreTs KWmanelakRsI h‘uy rMdYl/ elakRsI TUc v:arIn/ elak mas
sav:at/ elakRsI Josephine Barbour nig elakRsI Emma Leslie, Edl)anksag nigeRbIR)as;
sakl,gnUvemeronepSg² . GñkcUlrYmCaeRcInEdlminGacerobrab;eQµaHGs; k¾)anCYypþl;Bt’man
RtLb;d¾mantMélpgEdr .

1
mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; )anpøas;eQµaHfµIenAkñúgqñaM2000 Ca mCÄmNÐledIm,I
snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ .
v
enAeBlGtßbTRBagcab;epþImecjCarUbrag ¬ehIycMnYnBakük¾ekIneLIg¦ eKaledAd¾sMxan;
mYy KWkarmUlmtiKñakñúgcMeNamGñkCab;Bak;B½n§nanaenAelIniymn½y nigkarbkERbCaPasaExµr ehIy
RkumkargarmYyénBYkGñkGnuvtþkargarRKb;RKgTMnas;kñúgRsuk )anCYbRbCMuKñay:ageTogTat;kñúgeBj
mYyqñaM2003 . cMeBaHBaküecn_EdlRtUvdak;bBa©Úl b¤kMNt;niymn½y k¾mankarmUlmtiKñaEdr . Ca
mYyRKI (CRS¦/ Ekb k½NÑar:U (PADEK), R)ak; suxanI (JICA), nig efag kkáda ¬ExµrGhigSa¦/ RtUv
)ansamIGgÁkarerog²xøÜnpþl;eBly:agsb,úrs[mkcUlrYmkñúgKMeragenH . smaCikRkumkargarEdl
mkBI vbsG KWmanelak mas sav:at/ elak »k esrI esaPkþ× nigrUb´ .
kñúgkarerobragniymn½yCaPasaGg;eKøs ´)aneRbIR)as;Bt’mankñúgGuinfWNit nigÉksarCa
eRcIn . ebIKµanRbPBTaMgenHeT karkMNt;niymn½yBaküTUeTAdUcCa {TMnas;} b¤ {ePrvkmµ} RtUvCYb
karlM)akxøHeTAehIy edayminTan;Kitdl;niymn½yBakübec©keTsx<s;²dUcCa {karTUteRcInpøÚv} b¤
GnusBaØaRkughSWENv enaHpg . tamGaceFVI)an niymn½ynanaRtUvqøúHbBa©aMgBIEbbbTBiessEdl
BaküeBcn_RtUv)aneRbIR)as; kñúgkarEvkEjkbkRsayBIkarksagsnþiPaB nigkñúgbribTkm<úCa . Kµan
karpþl;niymn½yeT ebIsinBaküExµrmann½yc,as;las;ehIy .
GtßbTsMercénsTÞanuRkmenH )anTTYlkarCYymtiBIelak John McConnell ¬GñkniBn§§
esovePA karsMruHsMrYlRbkbedaysti - esovePAENnaMsMrab;GñkksagsnþiPaBtamRBHBuT§sasna¦
nigelak ey:g vIr³ nigshesvik ¬enAmCÄmNÐlGb;rMc,ab;sMrab;shKmn_/ PñMeBj¦ Edl)ansµ½RK
citþpþl;eBlevla nigmtiCMnajkñúgÉkeTsmYycMnYn ehIy´sUmGrKuNCaBnøwk cMeBaHkarCYyRTRTg;
TaMgenH . karcgRkg nige)aHBum<pSaysTÞanuRkmenH )anTTYlCMnYymUlniFiBIGgÁkar Novib .
enATIbBa©b; ´sUmGrKuNdl;RKb;²Kña taMgBIkMritmUldæan dl;kMritCati Edl)aneFVIkargar
edIm,IsnþiPaB nigsnþisuxenAkm<úCa . GñkTaMgenH)anpþl;kMlaMgcitþy:ageRcIndl;GñkniBn§ ehIy´sUm
]TÞissTÞanuRkmenH dl;RKb;²Kña .
David Wharton
PñMeBj
26 emsa 2004

vi
Introduction and Acknowledgements

This lexicon is testimony to the remarkable steps that are being taken at all levels of
Cambodian society to build a culture of peace and to address the dramatic changes
brought about not only by war, but also by the process of recovery itself. The
demographic, economic, and cultural transitions which continue to have immense
impact on traditional Cambodian society demand new ways to communicate and work
together. As a result, many organisations are incorporating aspects of peacebuilding
into their programmes and offering training in conflict management, nonviolence,
human rights, and related fields, and a new vocabulary is being developed in
Cambodia. Many of these terms are new even to the English language and require
definition in order to be understood by native speakers, adding to the challenges of
developing such a vocabulary in Khmer. There is also a growing awareness among
Cambodian practitioners of traditional methods of conflict management and finding
culturally relevant adaptations of imported methods. This book is intended to enhance
this process and to empower local actors to build a Khmer-language vocabulary as a
common basis for understanding and managing conflict. It is meant to stimulate the
debate of Khmer (and English) terms rather than claim to be a definitive version.
Likewise, it does not attempt to address issues of cultural relevance or transferability,
but to simply explain the English language terms as clearly as possible so that they may
be understood by practitioners in Cambodia. And since it is primarily an English-
Khmer lexicon, many indigenous Khmer terms are not covered. An Khmer-English
section in the second part of the book provides terms in translation only, for easy
reference to the main definitions. The ongoing process of cultural adaptation and of
further developing Cambodian models and concepts will take years of practice and
reflection based on field experience, and cannot be attempted in the pages of this book.
The idea for a lexicon of conflict resolution terms was first suggested by
participants in Core Training in Conflict Resolution, a course conducted in 1997-98 by
the Cambodian Centre for Conflict Resolution (CCCR)2 in conjunction with the UK-
based organisation Responding to Conflict (RTC). This eight-week course conducted in
English with Khmer translation was the first of its kind in Cambodia, and introduced
many new terms and concepts. The idea was taken forward by the CDRI Director, Eva
Mysliwiec, and other CCCR staff, and initial work on a draft bilingual lexicon of
conflict resolution terms was done in 1999 by NGY San, a Programme Officer at the
Centre. Josephine Barbour and Bob McLaughlin also wrote an English language
glossary of terms for the CCCR Training Manual for Conflict Resolution they
completed in 2000. Both of these texts provided inspiration for the present work,
although it now bears little resemblance to them. That it has changed so much is a

2
The Cambodian Centre for Conflict Resolution was renamed the Centre for Peace and
Development in 2000.
vii
reflection of developments in peacebuilding in Cambodia in such a short time. While
working as Technical Assistant to CPD in 2002-2003, I was fortunate to be asked to
continue work on this project and drafted a new English language version. In many
cases, providing English language definitions was a serious challenge, equalled only by
that facing OK Serei Sopheak, the CPD Coordinator at that time, who provided Khmer
translations. Attempts to provide a workable Khmer version often lead to a revision of
the English, and our joint work at this stage in the project was enriching for both of us.
CDRI’s pioneering work in developing a variety of conflict management training
courses in Khmer language over this period was also an essential resource in compiling
and translating the present lexicon. Special acknowledgement is due to the CPD
training team and expatriate consultants - HUY Romduol, TOUCH Varine, and MEAS
Savath, Josephine Barbour and Emma Leslie - in developing and pilot testing course
materials. Participants who provided valuable feedback are too many to mention by
name.
As the draft began to take shape (and the number of terms grew) an important
goal was the consensus of stakeholders on the definitions and Khmer translations, and a
Working Group of experienced local conflict management practitioners met regularly at
CDRI throughout 2003. Consensus was also reached on which terms should be
included or defined. CHEA Muoy Kry (Catholic Relief Services), KEP Kannaro
(PADEK), PRAK Sokhany (JICA), and THORNG Kakada (Khmer Ahimsa) were
generously allowed time by their organisations for this project. CDRI members of the
Working Group were MEAS Savath, OK Serei Sopheak, and myself.
In writing the English definitions, I made use of a wide variety of written and
Internet resources, of which there are too many to list here. Without them it would
have been difficult to attempt definitions of such common terms as “conflict” or
“terrorism” to say nothing of more technical definitions of “multi-track diplomacy” or
the Geneva Conventions. Wherever possible, the definition reflects the specialised way
that a term is used in peacebuilding discourse and in the Cambodian context. No
definition is provided where the meaning of the Khmer term is clear.
The final text benefited from the insightful comments of John McConnell
(author of Mindful Mediation - A Handbook for Buddhist Peacemakers) and Yeng
Virak and colleagues (at the Community Legal Education Center, Phnom Penh), who
volunteered their time and expert opinions in specialised areas. Their assistance and
support is greatly appreciated. The compilation and publication of this lexicon was
made possible though funding support from Novib.
Lastly, thanks are due to the many people from grassroots to national levels who
are working for peace and human security in Cambodia. They provided the real
inspiration for this book, and it is dedicated to them.
David Wharton
Phnom Penh
May 2004

viii
PaKTI 1
sTÞanuRkmGg;eKøs-Exµr
edaymanP¢ab;Gtßn½ysRmab;;BaküKnøwH

Part One

English – Khmer Lexicon


with definitions
Peacebuilding Lexicon -1- sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
ABC triangle RtIekaN c> T> b>
A tool developed by Chris Mitchell to analyse ]bkrN_CaKMnUrRtIekaN erobcMeLIgedayelak
the inter-relatedness of Attitudes, Behaviours RKIs mitEql eRbIsMrab;viPaKkarR)aRs½yTak;
and Context related to key needs for each of TgrvagRCugTaMgbIénTMnas;NamYy edayRCúug
the major parties in a conflict. Mitchell says nImYy²tMNag[citþ¼KMnit¬c¦/ TegVI¬T¦ b¤kar
that every conflict will have three dimensions RbRBwtþ nigbribT ¬b¦ . elak mitEql niyay
for the people involved: fa enAkñúgTMnas;nImYy² EdlmanmnusSBak;B½n§
Attitudes (willingness to change, fixed kñúgenaH RtUvmanRTg;RTayTaMgbIKW³
positions, emotions, views); citþ¼KMnit ¬c¦ ¬manqnÞ³pøas;bþÚr CMhrmingaker
Behaviours (agitation, demands, pleas, menaseBa©tna nigkaryl;eXIj ¦ .
violence); TegVI ¬T¦ b¤karRbRBwtþ ¬karrMeCIbrMCYl kar
Context (the background: for example TamTar karGgVrkr GMeBIhigSa¦ .
scarcity of resources, competition, bribT ¬b¦ ¬ktþaCMuvij³ ]TahrN_ PaBkRm
disagreement, etc. and the present situation). énFnFanEdlRtUvEbgEck karRbkYtRbECg
Kña karminÉkPaBKña .l.¦ sßanPaBbc©bú ,nñ .
TegVI ¬T¦
Behaviours
RtIekaN c T b
ABC Triangle

esckþIRtUvkarcMbg
Key Need
citþ¼KMnit ¬c¦ bribT ¬b¦
Attitudes Context

ability PaBGaceFVIGVI)an
The power or capacity to do something. siT§iGMNac b¤smtßPaBedIm,IeFVIGVImYy .
Peacebuilding Lexicon -2- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
abuse of discretion karrMelaP b¤ karbMBanGMNac
An improper use of authority in which kareRbIR)as;GMNacTaMgbMBan edayBMu)anKit
unreasonable or wrongful action is taken dl;sßankarN_Cak;Esþg b¤c,ab;CaFrman .
without regard for relevant facts or laws.

access karcUldl; b¤ TTYl)an


Coming into the presence of, or into contact kar)anCYbnwgvtþman/ b¤)ancUlBak;B½n§CamYyGVI
with, something or someone. mYy b¤RBwtþikarN_GVImYy b¤nrNamñak; .
accessible EdlGaccUldl;/ GacTTYl)an
Can be accessed. Someone who is accessible GñkNamñak;EdleKGaccUldl; KWGñkEdleK
is easy to meet and talk to. RsYlCYb nigRsYlniyayeTArk .
accommodate TTYl[sñak; b¤ sMrbtam b¤ yl;RBm
a. To provide space for someone to stay in k> TTYlnrNamñak;[sñak;enAkñgú pÞHrbs;xnÜø .
your house.
b. To accept and take account of someone x> TTYlsÁal; b¤sMrbtam pl RbeyaCn_ b¤
else’s interests or needs when they are tRmUvkarrbs;nrNamñak; eTaHbImindUcKñanwgrbs;
different from your own. To adapt yourself to xøÜnÉgk¾eday .
satisfy the interests or needs of someone else.

accord kic©RBmeRBog b¤ eyagelIsc©anumti


see also: treaty sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sn§isBaØa
An international agreement with a status kic©RBmeRBogGnþrCati EdlmankMritTabCag
below that of a treaty. For example, the 1991 sn§isBaØa (treaty) . ]TahrN_ kic©RBmeRBog
Paris Peace Accords signed by the different TIRkúug):arIs EdlcuHhtßelxaedayPaKICemøaH
parties to the conflict in Cambodia. enAkm<úCa .
accuse ecaTRbkan;
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon -3- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
accusation karecaTRbkan;
achieve seRmc ¬eKalbMng¦ b¤ bMeBj ¬ebskkmµ¦
act c,ab; b¤ eFVI
a. A decree or law passed by a legislative k> c,ab;Edl)anGnum½tiedaysPa.
body.
b. To do. x> eFVIskmµPaBGVImYy.
c. Something done. K> GMeBIGVImYyEdl)aneFVIrYcehIy.
Action Learning Cycle vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB
see also: elicitive/prescriptive, problem-posing sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ EdlbMpusKMnit¼Edl
approach dak;bBaØtþi/ viFIecaTCabBaða
Action Learning is the process of consciously KWCadMeNIrkareronsURtedaysti GMBIbT
learning from experience in order to improve BiesaFn_knøgmk sMrab;Gnuvtþ[)ankan;Etl¥
future practice. The Action Learning Cycle eTAGnaKt. vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB CYybMEbk
simplifies a complex process into an ordinary dMeNIrkarmYyd¾saMjaMú mkCaCMhangayRsYlKW³
set of steps: Action-Reflection-Learning- skmµPaB - karBicarNa - kareronsURt
Planning-Action. The end of each cycle kareFVIEpnkar - skmµPaB . kñúgdMeNIrkarenH
becomes the beginning of the next cycle. In cMNucbBa©b;énvdþmYy KWCacMNuccab;epþIménvdþ
Action Learning theory, learning is enhanced mYybnþeTot . kñúgkareFVIrebobenH kareronsURt
when we are conscious of all four stages. nwg)ankan;EtRbesIrEfmeTot ebIsinCaeyIg
skmµPaB yl;dwgedaystinUvdMNak;kalTaMgbYnénvdþ .
Action

vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB
kareFVIEpnkar Action Learning karBicarNa
Planning Cycle Reflection

kareronsURt
Learning

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon -4- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
active listening karsþab;edayskmµ
see also: communication skills or tools, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTBekaslüCMnajkñúg
paraphrase, questioning, summarise karR)aRs½yTak;Tg/ karbkRsayRbeyaK/
sil,³kñúgkarsaksYr/ srubcMNucsMxan; b¤
segçb
A communication skill in which the listener’s KWCaCMnajmYykñúgkarTMnak;TMng EdlenAkñúgenaH
own ideas and reactions are suspended in Gñksþab;RtUvBüÜrTukmYyGenøIsinnUvKMnit nigRbti
order to focus on understanding both the kmµrbs;xøÜnpÞal; edIm,Ip©g;KMnitEteTAelIRbFan
content of what the speaker says and their bT nigectnarmµN_rbs;GñkEdlkMBugniyay .
feelings. In addition to silent listening, a CabEnßmelI karsþab;edayes¶óms¶at; mankar
number of other tools are used to elicit further eRbI]bkrN_epSg²eTot edIm,IRbmUlBt’man[
information, to check that the listener has kan;Etc,as; edIm,IbBa¢ak;fa Gñksþab;)anyl;
understood the speaker correctly, and to stay c,as;nUv sMdIrbs;Gñkniyay nigcab;)annUvGVI
focused on the point, such as: asking Edlmansar³sMxan; dUcCa karsYrsMnYr kareFVIbT
questions, summarising, paraphrasing, and segçbrMlwkeLIgvij karbrRbeyaK nigkar
reflecting the speaker’s feelings. Active BicarNaelIectnarmµN_rbs;Gñkniyay .
listening also takes account of “body karsþab;edayskmµ k¾RtUvykcitþTukdak;eTAelI
language” and emotions and feelings which Gtßn½yEdlbeBa©jeLIg edayPasaCakayvikar
are expressed indirectly. RbmTaMgmenaseBa©tna nigectnarmµN_ Edl
bgðajeLIgedaymincMeBaH .
active nonviolence GhigSaskmµ
see also: direct action, non-cooperation, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ skmµPaBedaycMeBaH/
nonviolence karKµanshRbtibtþikar GhigSa
Active nonviolence is a technique by which enHKWCaviFImYy EdlCnmñak;GaccUlBak;B½n§nwg
people can engage with conflict situations TMnas;edaymineRbIGMeBIhigSa . vaBMuEmnCa
without using violence. It is not passive or CMhrGskmµ/ karcuHj:m/ b¤karBüayameCos
submissive or an attempt to avoid or ignore vag¼minRBmebIkEPñkemIlTMnas;enaHeT . b:uEnþ
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon -5- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflict. It consists of acts of protest and vaCakartv:a/ karxMRbwgbBa©úHbBa©Úl/ karminrYm
persuasion, non-cooperation (the most shRbtibtþikar ¬maneRbIeRcInCageK¦/ ehIy
common form) and nonviolent intervention nigkareFVGI nþraKmn_GhigSa kñgú eKalbMngeFV[I
designed to undermine the sources of power regÁaHregÁI dl;mUldæanénGMNacrbs;PaKImçag
of the opponent in order to bring about eTot edIm,IjúaMg[mankarpøas;bþÚr .
change. kMNt;sMKal;³ GhigSamann½yfaKµanhigSa . Et
eyIgRtUvyl;[TUlayfa GhigSaKWCaRbB½n§d¾xøaMg
køamYyedayeRbICMnajmYyEbbeTot edIm,IedaH
RsayTMnas;edayBMucaM)ac;eRbIhigSa .
activism skmµniym
Coordinated actions taken to achieve social or kareRbIskmµPaBRbTak;RkLaKña edIm,InaM[man
political change. karpøas;bþÚrkñúgneya)ay nigsgÁm.
activist Gñkskmµniym b¤ skmµCn
Someone who works to achieve social or GñkEdleFVIkar edIm,InaM[mankarpøas;bþÚrkñúg
political change, especially as an active neya)ay nigsgÁm CaBiessedaycUlCa
member of an organisation. smaCikskmµkñúgGgÁkarNamYy .
actors and approaches tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþepSg² b¤ tYGgÁnana
A framework for understanding the different nigdMeNaHRsayepSg²
roles played by the main actors (focusing on KWCaeRKag b¤KMrUmYykñúgkarEsVgyl;GMBItYnaTI
leadership at top, mid-range and grassroots rbs;tYGgÁsMxan;²kñúgTMnas; ¬edayykcitþTuk
levels) within a population affected by dak;eTAelIfñak;dwknaMRKb;lMdab; TaMgxagelI/
conflict, and different peacebuilding kNþal nigfñak;eRkam¦ kñúgcMeNamRbCaBlrdæ
approaches which are appropriate for each EdlrgeRKaHedaysarTMnas;enaH nigEsVgyl;
level. pgEdrnUvviFIsaRsþepSg² kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB
EdlsmRsbeTAnwgkMritTaMgenaH .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon -6- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Actors RbePTéntYGgÁ³
Level 1: Military, political, religious with kMritTI1³ GñkdwknaMEdlelceFøaxøaMgkñúgEpñk
high visibility eyaFa neya)ay sasna .
Level 2: Ethnic, religious, academic, kMrti TI2³ GñkdwknaMfñak;kNþalén CatiBn§ sasna
intellectual, humanitarian leaders bBaØv½nþ GñkdwknaMEpñkmnusSFm’epSg² .
Level 3: Local authorities, indigenous NGOs, kMritTI3³ GaCJaFrmUldæan/ GgÁkarminEmn
community developers, civil servants rdæaPi)alkñúgRsuk/ GñkGPivDÆn_shKmn_/ m®nþI
raCkar .
Approaches to peacebuilding will differ at viFIsaRsþksagsnþiPaB ERbRbYlxusKña eTAtam
each level: kMritnImYy² ³
Level 1: High-level negotiations, such as for kMrti TI1³ karcrcafñak;x<s; ¬dUcCabTQb;)aj;¦ dwknaM
a cease-fire, led by a highly visible mediator edayGñksRmbsRmYlEdlmaneQµaHe)aHsemøg .
Level 2: Problem solving workshops, conflict kMritTI2³ sikçasalasþIBIkaredaHRsaybBaða/ kar
resolution, peace commissions, edaHRsayTMnas;/ KN³kmµkarsnþiPaB .
Level 3: Local peace commissions, grassroots kMrti TI3³ smaCikKN³kmµkarsnþiPaBenAmUldæan
training kmµviFIhVwkhVWnenAfñak;mUldæan .
ad hoc Biess b¤ cMeBaHkic©
For a specific purpose, case, or situation at sMrab;eKalbMNg/ krNI/ b¤sßankarN_Cak;lak;
hand and for no other, e.g. an ad hoc NamYy . ]TahrN_ KN³kmµaFikarcMeBaHkic©
committee formed to address the issue of a EdlbegáIteLIgsMrab;edaHRsay bBaðakmµkreFVI
workers’ strike. kUdkmµ .
adjudicate vinicä½yeTas
see adjudication sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar
adjudication mCÄtþkar
see also: alternative dispute resolution, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaH
arbitration, litigation RsayTMnas;/ karvinci y½ä b¤mCÄtþkar/ kþvI vi aT
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon -7- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
A legal process in which a judge or panel KWCadMeNIrkartampøÚvc,ab;mYyEdlecARkm b¤Rkum
listens to evidence from both sides and makes CMnMuCRmH TTYlsþab;nUvehtuplrbs;KUvivaTTaMgsg
a judgement based on statute and which is xag ehIyeFVIkarkat;kþIeTAtamlMnaMc,ab;. esckþI
then legally binding. Someone who acts as a seRmcenaH nwgRtUv)anFanaedayc,ab; . GñkEdl
judge in an adjudication is called an kat;kþIdUcecARkmenAkñúgmCÄtþkarkþIvivaTNamYy
adjudicator. eKehAfa mCÄtþkr b¤ GaCJakNþal .
adjudicator mCÄtþkr
see adjudication sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar
adversary RbtibkS b¤ KURbqaMg
Adversaries are people who oppose each other KWCaGñkEdlRbQmmuxdak;KñaeTAvijeTAmkkñúgTM
in a conflict. They are also called opponents, nas; . eKGacehA)anfa KURbqaMg/ PaKICMTas;
parties, or disputants. b¤GñkmanCemøaH .
advise ENnaM b¤ pþl;eyabl;
advisory mediation karsMruHsMrYledaypþl;eyabl;
Preliminary step for parties in conflict in the karpþÜcepþImKMnit enAkñúgCMhandMbUg énynþkar
early phase of a resolution process in which a edaHRsayTMnas;EdlenAkñúgenaH PaKITIbI CYy
third party helps to lay out possible ways to bgðajnItiviFI b¤pøÚvTaMgLayEdlGacQaneTArk
move forward. karedaHRsayTMnas; .
advisory role tYnaTICaTIRbwkSa
A role in which a person’s input is limited to CatYnaTIrbs;GñkNamñak;EdlGacRtwmEtpþl;eya
giving advice to others, without the authority to bl;dl;GñkdéT edayKµansiT§ b¤GMNac kñúgkar
participate in decision-making or take action. cUlrYmseRmccitþ b¤eFVIskmµPaB .
advocacy karts‘Umti
The process of working for a particular cause dMeNIrkarKaMRTnigCMrujJd¾skmµnUvKMnit b¤pl
or a particular side’s interests in a conflict by RbeyaCn_énPaKINamYykñúgCemøaH edayxMRbwg
persuading others to support it. bBa©úHbBa©ÚlGñkÉeTot[KaMRT .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon -8- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
advocate CYyKaMRT
a. To practice advocacy. k> eFVIkarts‘Umti.
b. A person who practices advocacy, who speaks x> GñkEdleFVIskmµPaBkñúgkarts‘Umti nigEdl
in favour of a particular proposal or cause. tv:aedIm,IKaMRTsMeNI b¤buBVehtuNamYy .
affirm GHGag b¤ bBa¢ak;
To assert strongly. To state as a fact. FanaGHGagxøaMgkøa RbkasnUverOgGVImYyfaBit .
agenda rebobvar³ b¤ bMNg
see also: hidden agenda sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ erOgr:avlak;kM)aMg
a. A list of things to be done. k> bBa¢Ikic©karmYycMnYnEdlRtUveFVI .
b. A list of the subjects to be discussed at a x> RbFanbTmYycMnYnEdlelIkmkBiPakSakñúgGgÁRbCMu .
meeting. K> KMnit buBVehtu b¤CMenONamYyEdlnrNamñak;
c. An idea or cause that a person or group b¤mnusSmYyRkum cg;elIksÞÜytMekIgeLIg .
wishes to pursue or promote.

Agenda for Peace rebobvar³sMrab;snþiPaB


A document produced in 1992 by then UN Éksartak;EtgeT,Ig enAqñaM1992 eday bNÐit
Secretary General Dr. Boutros Boutros Ghali bU‘RtUs hÁalI GKÁelxaGgÁkarshRbCaCati
in which he proposed responsibilities and EdlEcgBIkarTTYlxusRtUv nigkareqøIytbrbs;
responses for the UN and international GgÁkarshRbCaCati nigshKmn_GnþrCati kñúg
community in dealing with contemporary karedaHRsayTMnas;naeBlbc©úb,nñ . rebobvar³
conflicts. The Agenda includes four major rYmmanskmµPaBsMxan;²bYn³ karbgáarCemøaH
areas of activity: Preventive Diplomacy; tampøÚvTUt/ kareFVI[mansnþiPaB/ karrkSa
Peacemaking; Peacekeeping; and Post- snþiPaB nigkarksagsnþiPaBbnÞab;BIsRgÁam .
conflict Peacebuilding.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon -9- snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
aggression karQøanBan
a. Feelings or behaviour intended to threaten k> GarmµN_ b¤ Gakb,kiriyaGmitþ.
or injure others. x>kareRbIR)as;kMlaMgeyaFaedayRbeTsmYy
b. The use of armed force by a state against RbqaMgGFibetyüPaB bUrNPaBEdndI b¤ ÉkraC
the sovereignty, territorial integrity or PaBneya)ayénrdædéT .
political independence of another state.

agreement kic©RBmeRBog
a. Mutual understanding or consent about k> kareyaKyl; b¤karRBmeRBogKñaelIGVI
something. mYy .
b. A joint decision. x> esckþIseRmcrYmKña .
c. An official document to show that two or K> ÉksarCapøÚvkarEdlbgðajfa PaKIBIr b¤
more parties have agreed to something. eRcIn )anRBmeRBogKñaelIGVImYy .
akusalā mūlā GkuslmUl
see also: dosa, lobha, moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTas³/ elaP³/ emah³
(Pāli) In Buddhism, the akusalā mūlā or kñúgRTwsþIRBHBuT§sasna ¬Pasa)alI¦ Gkusl
“unwholesome roots” are greed (lobha), hate mUl b¤ {b£sKl;Edlminl¥{ KWmankarelaPln;
(dosa), and delusion (moha). Any action of ¬elaP³¦/ esckþIxwgs¥b; ¬eTas³¦ nigkarvegVg
body, speech or mind conditioned by the vgVan; ¬emah³¦. skmµPaBNamYyEdlbeBa©j
akusalā mūlā will be karmically eLIgtamry³kayvikar/ sMdI b¤KMnit nigEdl
unwholesome and lead to suffering. Likewise, TTYl\T§iBlBIGkuslmUl nwgTTYlkmµminl¥
there are three kusalā mūlā or “wholesome ehIynwgnaMeTArkTukçevTna . RsbKñaenH k¾man
roots” which are their opposites and lead to kuslmUl b¤ {b£sKl;l¥brisuT§{ EdlpÞúyKñanwg
karmically wholesome action. GkuslmUl nigEdlnaMeTArkskmµPaBl¥ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 10 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
allegation karGHGagbMepøIs b¤ karecaTRbkan;eday
A statement without proof that someone has KµanPsþútag
done something wrong or illegal. esckþIEføgedayKµanPsþútagfa nrNamñak;)an
eFVIGVImYyminsmrmü b¤xusc,ab; .
alliance sm½<n§PaB
a. An agreement between groups of people, k> CakarRBmeRBogrvagRkummnusS GgÁkar b¤
organisations or nations to work together in RbCaCati edIm,IeFVIkarrYmKña EsVgrkpl
pursuit of mutual interests. RbeyaCn_rYm .
b. A collective group of organisations, x> eKk¾eRbIBaküenH sMrab;ehARkumGgÁkar/ RbCa
nations, etc. that have made such an Cati >>>Edl)aneFVIkarRBmeRBogKñaEbbenHEdr .
agreement.

alternative viFI b¤ CMerIsepSg


Something that someone can choose to do or GVIEdleKGaceRCIserIseFVI b¤k¾eRbIR)as;CMnYsGVI
use instead of something else. epSgeTot .
alternative dispute resolution (ADR) CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;
see also: arbitration, mediation, negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karvinicä½y
Methods of voluntary dispute resolution karsRmuHsRmYl karcrca
outside the judicial system, in which viFIedaHRsayTMnas;edaysµ½RKcitþ enAeRkARbB½n§
conflictants have the opportunity to present tulakar . kñúgviFIenH PaKITMnas;KñaTaMgGs;man
their views and to find mutually acceptable »kasbgðajnUvkaryl;eXIjrbs;xøÜn nigrk
options for settlement. eXIjnUvCMerIsepSg²EdlTaMgsgxagGacTTYl
yk)an edIm,IedaHRsayvivaT .
amend eFVIviesaFnkmµ b¤ EkERb
To make changes, corrections or eFVIkarpøas;bþÚr EktRmUv b¤EklMG nUvÉksar b¤
improvements to a document or law. c,ab;NamYy .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 11 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
amendment viesaFnkmµ b¤ karEkERb
A formal revision of, or addition to a law or karpøas;bþÚr EkERbc,ab;Edl)anGnum½trYcehIy
document such as a bill or a constitution. dUcCaesckþIRBagc,ab; b¤rdæFmµnuBaØ .
amnesty karelIkElgeTas
An official act of pardon granted by a esckþIseRmcelIkElgeTasCapøÚvkar eday
government for past crimes, generally for rdæaPi)al cMeBaHbTelµIsEdl)anRbRBwtþknøg
political offences such as treason and mkEdlCaTUeTATak;TgnwgkrNIneya)ay dUcCa
rebellion, and covering a specific period of kark,t; b¤karbHe)ar kñúgry³eBlmankMNt;Na
time. Also a period of time during which you mYy . BaküenHmann½ymü:ageTot KWry³eBl
can admit to breaking the law without being mYyEdleKGaccUlsarPaBfa )anRbRBwtiþpÞúy
prosecuted: e.g. for handing illegal weapons nwgc,ab;edayBMumanTTYleTas . ]> RbKl;Ga
to the authorities. vuFxusc,ab;[GaCJaFrmansmtßkic©vijCaedIm .
analysis karviPaK
see also: ABC triangle, conflict mapping, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaN c T b/
conflict tree, doughnut tool, force-field analysis, EpnTITMnas; edImeQITMnas; ]bkrN_ dUNat;
pillars, stages of conflict, timeline karviPaKkmøaMgCak;EsþgkñúgTMnas; CnÞl;énbBaða
dMNak;kalénTMnas; ExSeBlevla
Analysis is a careful examination of karviPaK KWCakarBinitüedaym:t;ct;eTAelIGVImYy
something in order to understand it better. edIm,IEsVgyl;[kan;Etc,as;EfmeTot .
Tools for conflict analysis are used to ]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKTMnas; RtUv)anbegáIteLIg
understand the reality of a conflict from a edIm,IEsVgyl;GMBIsPaBkarN_Bitrbs;TMnas;[
variety of perspectives and to identify )anRKb;RCugeRCaykñúgeKalbMNgrk[eXIjnUv
strategies for intervention. yuT§sa®sþkñúgkareFVIGnþraKmn_ .
anarchist GñkGnaFibetyüniym
Someone who believes that governments and GñkEdlyl;fa rdæGMNac nigc,ab;RkwtüRkm
laws are not necessary. TaMgLay BMumanplRbeyaCn_eT .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 12 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
anarchy GnaFibetyü
A situation in which there is no effective sßankarN_enAkñúgRbeTsmYy EdlKµanrdæaPi)al
government in a country or no order in a dwknaMc,as;las; b¤)at;bg;Gs;sNþab;Fñab;
situation. saFarN³ .
animator GñkCYycat;Ecg
A person who identifies with the issues of a KWCaGñkEdlsÁal;bBaðarbs;RkumBiessNamYy
particular group, and helps them to identify ehIyCYyRkumenaH[rkeXIj nigsMercTisedA
and achieve their own goals by stimulating rbs;xøÜn edayelIkkMBs;karyl;dwgBIerOg
awareness, critical thinking and skills epSg² karKitBicarNa[)anhµt;ct; nigkar
practice. Gnuvtþn_nUvCMnajepSg² .
animosity sMGb; b¤ KMnMu b¤ BieraF
A strong dislike or hatred. kars¥b; b¤ karmincUlcitþy:agxøaMg .
antagonism bdibkçPaB
Hatred and hostility between people or groups of kars¥b;ex<ImrvagmnusS b¤RkummnusS . PaKI
people. A party to a conflict who has antagonism for mYykñúgTMnas;EdlRbqaMgCamYyKUbdibkç eKehA
his adversary is called an antagonist. fa GñkCMTas; b¤ GñkRbqaMg .
antagonist Gñkbdibkç
see antagonism sUmemIlBakü bdibkçPaB
anti- bdi - b¤ RbqaMgnwg
Prefix Opposed to, against, the opposite of EdlRbqaMg EdlpÞúynwg>>> . ]TahrN_ RbqaMg
something, e.g. anti-war. s®gÁam .
apologise sMueTas b¤ ln;tYeTas b¤ xmaeTas
appreciation karelIksresIr b¤ karTTYlsÁal;KuNtémø
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 13 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
approach cUleTACit b¤ viFIsaRsþ
a. To move near to something or someone. k> cUleTACitGVImYy b¤nrNamñak; .
b. A method or attitude to achieving x> viFIEdleKeRbIsMrab;eFVIGVImYy b¤edaHRsay
something or dealing with a problem. bBaðaNamYy .
approaches to conflict viFIsaRsþedaHRsayTMnas;
see also: conflict style, win/lose, win/win sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;/
The ways that we deal with conflict, including dMeNaHRsayQñH¼caj;/ dMeNaHRsayQñH¼QñH
habitual reactions and alternative attitudes, KWCarebobEdleyIgRbkan;ykkñúgkaredaHRsay
strategies and skills that we choose to TMnas; dUcCa karmanRbtikmµtamTMlab;rbs;xøÜn/
develop. Examples of different approaches karRbkan;Gakb,kiriyamYyEbbeTot/ yuT§sa®sþ
include: withdrawal, suppression, win/lose, nigCMnajepSg² EdleyIg)aneRCIserIsykmk
compromise, win/win. GPivDÆ . ]TahrN_énviFIsaRsþ³ kardkfy kar
sgát;sgáin dMeNaHRsayQñH¼caj; karTTYlRsuH
RsYl dMeNaHRsayQñH¼QñH .
arbitrate eFVImCÄtþkar
see arbitration sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar
arbitration mCÄtþkar
see also: adjudication, alternative dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar/ CMerIsedaH
resolution, litigation, mediation, RsayTMnas; karsRmuHsMrYl
A method of alternative dispute resolution CaviFIm:üagkñúg {CMerIsedaHRsayTMnas;} kñúgenaH
(ADR) in which a neutral third party, called PaKIGBüaRkwtTIbIEdleyIgehAfa {mCÄtþkr}
an arbitrator (or an arbitral tribunal or panel ¬b¤k¾{mCÄtþtulakar{ b¤ {KN³vinic½äy{ ebIsin
if there is more than one arbitrator), hears the manelIsBImñak;¦ nwgTTYlsþab;karbkRsay
parties’ dispute, reviews the evidence, and rbs;RKb;PaKIEdlmanTMnas; esIerIBinitüvtßútag
issues a decision, called an award, to settle nana rYcecjesckþIsMerc ehAfa {karvinicä½y}
the dispute. Parties agree in advance to the edIm,IedaHRsayvivaT . PaKITaMgGs;RtUvÉkPaB
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 14 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
arbitrators, the terms of the process, and KñaCamunGMBI smasPaBmCÄtþkr dMeNIrkar
commit themselves to abide by the decision kat;kþI RBmTaMgTTYleKarBtamesckþIsMercrbs;
or award in the belief that it will be fair. Often mCÄtþkr eRBaHeCOfa manKtiyutþiFm’ . viFIenH
used for commercial and labour disputes. eKeRcIneRbIkñúgvivaTBaNiC¢kmµ b¤TMnas;kargar .
arbitrator mCÄtþkr
see arbitration sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar
argue CECk b¤ RbEkktv:a
a. To verbally disagree, often angrily. k> RbEkkRbqaMgedaysMdI EdleRcInEtlay
b. To present reasons for or against kMhwgpg
something. x> bgðajehtupledIm,IKaMRT b¤RbqaMgGVImYy
argument karCECk b¤ mtiGHGag b¤ karRbEkk
a. A set of reasons that shows that something k> ehtuplmYycMnYnEdlbgðajfaGVImYyxus b¤
is true or false. RtUv .
b. A situation in which two or more people x> ehtukarN_mYyEdlmnusSBIrnak; b¤eRcInnak;
verbally disagree, often angrily. Tas;sMdIKña EdleRcInEtmanlaykMhwgpg .
armed conflict CemøaHRbdab;GavuF
Defined by Wallenstein and Axell as: elak v:aeLnesþn nig Gak;Esl )anEbgEck
a. minor armed conflict – conflict between CemøaHRbdab;GavuFCa 3RbePT³
armed forces in which fewer than 25 people k> CemøaHxñattUc KWCaCemøaHrvagkMlaMgRbdab;
have died in a given year, and at least one of GavuF EdlkñúgenHmanmnusSticCag 25nak;
the parties is a state; )ansøab;kñúgmYyqñaM ehIyy:agticbMputRtUvman
b. intermediate armed conflict - a situation PaKImYykñúgCemøaHCardæ .
in which at least 1,000 deaths have occurred x> CemøaHxñatmFüm y:agtick¾manmnusS
over the course of the conflict, with at least 1>000nak;Edr Edl)ansøab;kñúgCemøaHeday

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 15 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
twenty five deaths occurring in a particular GavuFenH edayy:agehacman 25nak; søab;kñúg
year; and mYyqñaMkñúgeBlCemøaH .
c. war - a conflict with at least 1,000 deaths K> s®gÁam CemøaHRbdab;GavuFEdlmanmnusS
in a year. y:agehacNas; 1>000nak;søab;kñúgmYyqñaM .
armistice yuT§snþiPaB
see also: ceasefire, truce sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³
An agreement between two countries or karRBmeRBogQb;)aj; karp¥aks®gÁam
groups at war to stop fighting, either at the karRBmeRBogrvagRbeTsb¤PaKI BIr fa p¥akkar
end of a war, or for a particular period of time vayRbhar eTaHCaenAeBlbBa©b;s®gÁam b¤kñúg
in order to discuss peace terms. ry³BiesssNamYy edIm,IBiPakSasnþiPaB .
arms control karRtYtBinitüGavuF
see also: weapons control, weapons reduction sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitüsBVavuF
Mechanisms to limit the number and type of karkat;bnßysBVavuF
weapons of war (restricting both use and ynþkarbegáIteT,IgrvagrdæBIrb¤eRcIn edIm,Ikat;
sale). bnßy cMnYn nigRbePTénGavuF sMrab;eFVIs®gÁam
¬kMritTaMgkareRbIR)as;nigTaMgkarlk;dUrGavuF¦.
arms trade CMnYjJsBVavuF
The business of the buying and selling of skmµPaBTijJ niglk;GavuFyuT§PNÐ .
weapons.

assertive EdleBalGHGag b¤ EdlkarBarCMhry:agxøaMg


Standing up to defend or promote your needs karBary:agxøaMgkøanUv tMrUvkar plRbeyaCn_ b¤
and interests or rights (this can have either siTi§rbs;xøÜn ¬EdlGacmanlT§plCaviC¢man b¤
constructive or negative results in conflict). GviC¢man kñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;¦ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 16 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
assimilate eFVI[RCYtRCab
To process or think about something new KitBicarNa b¤EsVgyl;RbdUc GMBIGVImYyEdlfµI
(ideas, information, experience) until it ¬KMnit Bt’man bTBiesaFn_¦ rhUtTal;Etman
becomes accepted or normal. GarmµN_fa CaerOgFmµtab¤GacTTYlyk)an .
assume snµt
To suppose. To take as being true. To take for KitfaGVImYy]bmaCakarBit b¤minBit eTaHbICa
granted. KµanGVICaPsþútagk¾eday .
assumption karsnµt
Something that you think is true although you GVImYyEdlGñkyl;faCakarBit eTaHbICaminman
have no proof. PsþútagbBa¢ak;k¾eday .
asylum siTi§RCkekan
Protection given to someone by a government karkarBarEdlpþl;edayrdæaPi)alNamYy dl;
because they have escaped from fighting or buKÁlNamñak; Edlrt;eKcBIkarvayRbharKña b¤
political trouble in their own country. A BIclaclneya)ayenARbeTsrbs;buKÁlenaH .
person requesting this protection or seeking buKÁlenaH eKehAfa GñksMusiT§iRCkekan .
asylum is called an asylum seeker.

attitude citþ/ \riyabf


see also: ABC triangle sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaN c T b
The ways of thinking, mental positions, karBicarNa CMhrkñgú stiGarmµN_ b¤km¾ ena
opinions and feelings that someone has about seBa©trbs;nrNamñak;EdlmaneTAelIGVImYy .
something. The attitudes that each party has \riyabf EdlKUPaKImancMeBaHKñaeTAvijeTAmk
towards other parties and towards the issues are nigcMeBaHbBaðanImYy² KWCaktþad¾sMxan;enAkñúg
an important factor in any conflict situation. sßankarN_manTMnas; .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 17 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
audience Gñksþab;¼TsSna¼Gan b¤ svnakar
The group or the kind of people who listen or cMnYnb¤RbePTmnusSCaGñk sþab; b¤ TsSna b¤ Gan
watch or read something (e.g. a speech, TV GVmI yY ¬]> bT]eTÞsnam kmµvFi TI rU TsSn_ TsSna
programme, or publication). target audience: vdþI . Gñksþab;CaeKaledA³ KWCa mnusSmYyRkum
the kind of people that a programme or EdlkmµviFIb¤karpSBVpSayNamYycg;Tak;Taj .
publication is intended to attract. Also used for eKk¾maneRbIBaküenHkñgú kmµvFi GI b;rsM aFarNCn
public education, advocacy campaigns, etc. kareXasnats‘mU ti.l.
authority rdæGMNac b¤ GaCJaFr
The power that a person or an institution has CaGMNacEdlbuKÁl b¤sßab½nNamYy)anTTYl
through holding an official position, or tamkarbMeBjParkic©CapøÚvkar b¤tamkareKarBBI
through other people’s respect for that mnusSTUeTAdl;buKÁlenaHcMeBaHcMeNHdwg bT
person’s knowledge, experience, age, etc. in BiesaFn_d¾TUlMTUlay b¤v½ycMNas; rbs;Kat; .
authority: in a position of power or control. kñúgsmtßkic©³ kñúgtYnaTIEdlmanGMnac b¤mansiT§i
the authorities: the official institutions or RtYtBinitü . GaCJaFr¼RksYgmansmtßkic©³
local government departments which sßab½nrdæEdlRKb;RKgkic©karsaFarN³ b¤pþl;
administer public affairs and services in a esvakmµkñúgvis½yNamYy ]/ GaCJaFrmUldæan
particular area, e.g. local authorities, GaCaFrextþ-Rkug .l.
provincial authorities, etc.

backlash RbtikmµGviC¢man/ karLgvij


A strong negative reaction (usually delayed) RbtikmµCMTas; ¬CaFmµtaBMuEmnekIteRkayPøam²
when a person or group is forced to do or enaHeT¦ rbs;buKÁl b¤RkumNamYy enAeBlRtUv
accept something against their will. This can eKbgçM[eFVIGVImYyEdlpÞúyBIqnÞ³xøÜn . erOgenH
result in an escalation of conflict in an GaceFVI[tantwgCemøaHEdlemIleTAhak;dUc)an
apparently resolved situation. edaHRsayrYceTAehIy .
bargain crcatéfø
see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca
To discuss or negotiate in order to obtain the BiPakSa b¤crcakñúgeKalbMNg)anTTYlnUvpl
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 18 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
best terms of a transaction or agreement. cMeNjx<s;bMputkñúg karlk;dUr b¤kic©RBmeRBog
Bargaining can be soft, i.e. where a party will NamYy . karcrcatéføGacmanlkçN³ Tn;Pøn;
easily give in on important issues in order to enAeBlPaKINamYy gaysuxcitþsRmYltam
please the other party, or hard, i.e. PaKImYyeTotenAelIcMnucsMxan;²/ b¤Gacman
confrontational and adversarial (or win/lose), lkçN³ twgEtg ]/ kartTl;Kña nigemIlKñaCa
where the other party is seen as an opponent sRtUv b¤karykQñH-caj; enAeBlEdlPaKImYy
to be defeated, rather than a partner to be emIleTAPaKImYyeTotfaCa GñkRbqaMgEdlRtUv
worked with cooperatively. Fisher and Ury Etp©aj;[)an CaCagsmøwgemIlkñúgn½yCaédKU
contrast these approaches with a third EdlGacshRbtibtþikarCamYyKña)an . elak
approach, called principled negotiation, hVIsQ½r nigelakG‘UrI )anbEnßmnUvviFITIbI
which is neither hard nor soft, where both mYyeTotkñúgcenøaHviFITaMgBIr eBalKW minTn;min
sides seek a solution that is mutually rwg ehAfa karcrcaQrelIeKalkarN_ Edlkñúg
beneficial (also called win/win or cooperative enH PaKITaMgBIrEsVgrkdMeNaHRsaymYy)an
bargaining). cMeNjTaMgsgxag ¬ehAfa QñH-QñH b¤kar
crcatéfø kñúgCMhrshRbtibtþikar¦ .
BATNA CMerIsl¥bMputsMrab;karRBmeRBog
see also: bottom line sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ cMNuceRkambMput
An acronym for Best Alternative To a enHCaRTwsþIrbs;elak hVIsEQr nig elak GU‘rI
Negotiated Agreement, a strategy for énsaklviTüal½y hav:at . Kat;)anniyayfa
negotiation – especially with difficult or PaKIénTMnas; nwg)anTTYlGVImYyd¾RbesIrtam
powerful people – developed by Fisher and ry³karcrca CaCageRkAkarcrca . )atNa
Ury of the Harvard Negotiation Project. They CaCMerIsmYyRbesIrCag cMNuceRkambMput
argue that the purpose of negotiation is to ¬bt;fm;Laj¦ kñúgkarvas;kRmitplRbeyaCn_
produce something better than the results you énkic©RBmeRBogEdl)anmkBIkarcrca . »kas
can obtain without negotiating. The BATNA kñúgkarEsVgrkdMeNaHRsayd¾RbesIr nigd¾zit
is an alternative to using a bottom-line as a efrbMput sMrab;PaKITaMgsgxag nwgmankan;Et
standard to measure any proposed negotiated

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 19 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
agreement. The chance of finding the best eRcIn ebIsinCaeKTaMgenaHsÁal;fa )atNa rbs;
mutual solution and lasting agreement will be eKenAkRmitNa .
enhanced when both parties know their
BATNA.

behaviour karRbRBwtþi b¤ Gakb,kiriya b¤ TegVI


The way in which a person acts, functions or EbbbTEdlnrNamñak;Rbkan;yk kñúgkarRbkan;
conducts themself, often seen as a physical b£kBa b¤eFVIGVImYy . CaTUeTA KWCakarbeBa©j
manifestation of a persons awareness, Gakb,kiriyaxageRkA EdlqøúHbBa©aMgnUv
attitudes, knowledge and skills. mnsikar cMeNHdwg nigCMnajepSg² .
bias eFVI[lMeGog b¤ karlMeGog
see also: insider-partial, neutrality, prejudice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mnusSEdlmanqnÞ³
lMeGogenAkñúgPaKInImYy²/ GBüaRkwtPaB/
buernicä½y
A tendency to consider one side more ninñakarkñúgkarRbkan;xagNamYy edayBMurkSa
favourably than another. Not impartial. GBüaRkwtPaB .
bigot GñkRbkan;RCulEdlmanKMnitceg¥ótcg¥l;
Someone who holds very strong opinions GñkEdlRbkan;nUvCMhrd¾rwgt¥wg nigRCulniym
(about race, religion, politics, etc.) and is ¬kñúgbBaðaCatisasn_ sasna neya)ay .l.¦
unwilling to listen to anyone else’s opinions. edayBMuRBmsþab;GñkÉeTot . GñkEdlmanKMnit
An intolerant and narrow-minded person. ceg¥ótcg¥l; nigKµanemtþaFm’ .
bind cgP¢ab;
a. To fasten, restrain, confine. k> P¢ab;eTAnwgGVImYy/ kMNt;RBMEdnkñúgkareFVIGVI
b. To place under legal obligation by contract mYy/ bgçaMgkñúgkMNt;NamYy .
or oath. x> dak;[sßitenAeRkamkrNIykic©b¤katBVkic©pøÚv
c,ab; Biessedaylixitsñamb¤karRBmeRBog .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 20 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
binding RtUvRbtibtþitam
Obligatory, such as a binding contract, Cab;katBVkic© dUcCa kugRta/ kic©snüa/ esckþI
promise, resolution or agreement. seRmccitþ b¤ kic©RBmeRBogEdlRtUvEteFVItam .
blackmail karCMrwtykR)ak; b¤ karKMramrkRbeyaCn_
The practice of demanding money or forcing CMrwtykR)ak; b¤KMramnrNamñak;[eFVIGVImYy
someone to do something by threatening to edayeRbIviFIsMLútkMEhgelIrUbkay nigeday
harm them or to do something that would sMLút fanwglatRtdagkarsMgat;EdlTak;Tg
cause them pain - often the threat to expose eTAnwgCnenaH .
embarrassing secrets about them.

blame Tieton b¤ sþIbenÞas b¤ niyayriHKn;


To hold someone responsible. To find fault benÞasnrNamñak; kñúgkarTTYlxusRtUveTAelIGVI
with or censure. To place responsibility for mYy . ]/ enAkñúgvibtiþenH eK)anbenÞasKat;fa
something: they blamed the crisis on poor BMu)anerobcMEpnkar[)anl¥ .
planning.
bottom line cMNuceRkambMputEdlGacTTYlyk)an b¤
see also: BATNA cMNucCaRKwHedIm,ICamUldæanénkarseRmccitþ
The point beyond which a party in a sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsl¥bMputsMrab;kar
negotiation will not go. The fundamental RBmeRBóg¼)atNa
basis of a situation or obstacle to arriving at a cMNucCak;lak;mYyEdlPaKIkñúgkarcrca BMuGac
decision. eTA[elIsBIenaH)an . eKeRcIneRbIcMnucenHkñúg
karsÞg;sßankarN_ edIm,IeFVIesckþIseRmccitþ .
bottom-up approach viFIsa®sþBIeRkameLIgelI
see also: top-down approach sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³
a. An approach to problem-solving, decision- viFIsa®sþBIelImkeRkam
making, planning or management which k> viFIsa®sþmYykñúgkaredaHRsaybBaða/ kñúg
karsMerccitþ/ kareFVIEpnkar b¤karRKb;RKg Edl
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 21 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
begins by taking into account the interests of cab;epþImeLIgtamkarKitKUGMBI plRbeyaCn_
those at lower levels in the hierarchy. rbs;GñkEdlsßitenAfñak;eRkam .
b. An approach which considers fundamental x> viFIsa®sþmYyEdlKitKUGMBI cMNuclMGitCamUl
or practical details before general principles dæan b¤tamkarCak;Esþg munKitdl;eKalkarN_
or theories. rYm b¤RTwsþIFM² .
brainstorming karBiPakSabMpusKMnit
The spontaneous generation of as many ideas Cabec©keTsmYykñúgkarBiPakSaKña EdlbMpusnUv
or solutions as possible without censorship or KMnit nigdMeNaHRsay[)aneRcInCaTIbMput
restriction. edayBMueFVIkarRtYtBinitüd¾twgEtg .
by-laws c,ab; b¤ bTbBa¢a b¤ lkçnþik³
a. Regulations or rules adopted by an k> bTbBaØtþi bTbBa¢a nItiviFI b¤ viFan EdlGnum½t
organisation for its own administration. edaysmaKm b¤k¾saCIvkmµ sMrab;karRKb;RKg
b. Laws made by a local government that rdæ)alrbs;BYkeK .
people in that area must obey. x> lixitbTdæan EdlGaCJaFrmUldæaneroberog
eLIgedIm,I[RbCaBlrdæenATIenaHeKarBtam .
campaign yuT§nakar
a. A series of coordinated actions intended to k> skmµPaBepSg²CabnþbnÞab;¼RbTak;RkLa
achieve a particular result, especially one kñúgeKalbMNgTTYl)anlT§plCak;lak;GVImYy
designed to build public support for a cause. CaBiessedIm,IEsVgrkkarKaMRTBIsaFarN³mti
The International Campaign to Ban cMeBaHbuBVehtuNamYy . yuT§nakareXasna
Landmines is an example of a peace GnþrCati edIm,IhamXat;karplit¼eRbIR)as;mIn
campaign. kb;kñúgdI KWCa]TahrN_mYyén yuT§nakareXas
naedIm,IEsVgrksnþiPaB .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 22 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
b. A series of attacks intended to achieve a x> enAkñúgs®gÁam³ RbtibtþikarswkedIm,Ikan;kab;
particular result in a war. eKaledAyuT§sa®sþNamYy .
cancel lubecal b¤ TukCaemaX³
To annul or invalidate. karlubecal karbMpøajJGanuPaB RbsiT§iPaB b¤
suBlPaBénGVImYy .
case-study GtßbTsikSa b¤ krNIsikSa
A description of a situation or of someone’s karGtßaFib,ay GMBIkarBiesaFn_rbs;nrNamñak;
experience based on collected information RkumNamYy b¤sßanPaBNamYyedayeyageTA
and used to understand the context, influences elIBt’manEdlTTYl)an edIm,IEsVgyl;GMBI
and other dynamics. bribT \T§iBl nigkmøaMgepSg²eTot .
caucus RbCMusRmuHsRmYledayELk b¤karRbCMuedayELk
Time during the mediation process when the kñúgkarsMruHsMrYl/ GñksMruHsMrYl GacykeBl
mediator works separately with each party in BiPakSaCamYyPaKImYy b¤TaMgBIredayELkBIKña
private discussion. BIdMeNIrkarcrca edIm,IbBa¢ak; Gb;rM pþl;Bt’man
.l. bnÞab;mk PaKITMnas; Rtlb;mkkñúgdMeNIr
karcrcavij .
ceasefire bTQb;)aj;
see also: armistice, truce, unilateral sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§snþiPaB/ karRBm
A decision or agreement to stop fighting eRBogQb;)aj;Kña/ ÉketaPaKI
(usually for a temporary period of time). A CakarsMerc b¤kic©RBmeRBogQb;)aj; ¬CaTUeTA
ceasefire can be agreed between two warring sMrab;ry³eBlbeNþaHGasnñmYy¦ . bTQb;
parties to allow discussions about peace, or )aj; GacCakarRBmeRBogrvagPaKITaMgBIrEdl
can be declared unilaterally. RbyuT§Kña edIm,IeFVI[mankarcrcarksnþiPaB b¤k¾
GacRtUv)anRbkaseLIgCaÉketaPaKI .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 23 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
centralisation mCÄkar
A system of organising the governing of a RbB½n§rdæmYyEdlGMNaceFVIkarseRmcepSg²
country in which decision-making powers lie sßitenAkñúgéd GaCJaFrkMBUl b¤kNþal .
with the central authorities.

challenge rkerOgeQøaH b¤RbNaMgRbECg b¤ bBaðaRbQm


a. To question someone’s position, authority, b¤ karBuHBar
or the truth of a statement. k> tv:aRbqaMgnwgCMhr b¤GMNacrbs;nrNamñak; b¤
b. Something is a challenge if it is difficult to BMuTTYlsÁal;karBiténkarGHGagNamYy .
do and tests a person’s strength or ability, x> karRbQm b¤ karBuHBar enAcMeBaHmuxbBaða
especially in a way that is interesting. b¤]bsKÁ EdlBi)akedaHRsay .
checklist taragBinitü b¤ bBa¢ak; b¤ epÞógpÞat;
A list of things that need to be done for a bBa¢Iraymuxrbs; b¤kic©kar EdlRtUveFVI[ehIy
particular job or activity. sMrab;kic©kar b¤skmµPaBNamYy .
civic nationalism CatiniyménBlrdæ
see also: nationalism, ethnic nationalism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CatiniyménBlrdæ
CatiniymCnCati
In civic nationalism, the focus of national kñgú KMnti enH GtþsBaØaNCatiepþatelIPkþPI aBrbs;
identity is individual loyalty to the nation, its buKÁlmñak;²cMeBaHRbeTsCati témøCatMNag
values and the rule of law, regardless of rbs;sBa¢atienaH nignItirdæ edayminKitBICati
differences in race, gender, language and sasn_ BN’sm,úr ePT Pasa nigCatiBn§ú . kñúg
ethnicity. As a social movement, it is said to clnasgÁm eKyl;faKMnitenH manlkçN³Rb
be more democratic than ethnic nationalism. CaFibetyüCagKMnit Catiniymrbs;CatiBn§ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 24 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
civil disobedience karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ
Action taken by a large group of people that skmµPaBRbqaMgnwgc,ab; eFVIedayRbCaBlrdæ
breaks the law in order to protest against mYyRkum edIm,Itv:aRbqaMgnwgGVImYyEdleFVIeLIg
something done by the government or to edayrdæaPi)al b¤edIm,ITamTar[mankarEkTMrg;
campaign for reform. Often through refusal to ¬CaerOy²tamry³ karminRBmRbtibtþitamc,ab;
obey particular laws, pay taxes, etc. NamYy karminRBmbg;Bn§ .l.¦
civilian BlrdæsIuvil
A person who is not in the armed forces or GñkEdlminEmnenAkñúgkgT½B b¤b:UlIs .
police.
civil law c,ab;rdæb,evNI
see also: criminal law sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ c,ab;RBhµTNÐ
The area of law that covers the affairs of EpñkmYyénc,ab;EdlEcgGMBI kic©karÉkCnrbs;
private citizens other than criminal activities. Blrdæ eRkABIskmµPaBTak;TinnwgbTRBhµTNÐ.
civil rights siT§iBlrdæ
The rights that each citizen should have. The siT§iEdlBlrdæmñak;²KYrTTYl)an . enAshrdæ
civil rights movement in the USA campaigned Gaemrik manclnaTamTar[mansiT§iesµIKña rvag
for equal rights for all races. RKb;BUCsasn_ .
civil war s®gÁamsIuvil
A war between citizens of the same country. s®gÁamrvagBlrdæenAkñúgRbeTsEtmYy .
closed mind citþ b¤ KMnitceg¥ótcg¥l;/ KMnitbiTCit
see also: open mind sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ citþTUlay
A person who has a closed mind does not mnusSmancitþceg¥ótcg¥l; BMucg;TTYlyknUvmti
want to consider opinions or ideas that b¤KMnitGñkÉeTot EdlxusBITsSn³rbs;xøÜn .
challenge their own fixed ways of seeing
things.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 25 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
closed question sMnYrbiT
see also: open question sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sMnYrebIk
A question which limits the possible answers KWCasMnYrTaMgT,ayNaEdltMrUv[mancemøIyxøI
to yes or no (often with the expectation of {Emn} nig {eT} ¬CaerOy²mankarrMBwgfa RtUv
agreement with the speaker) and which does RsbtamKMnitGñksYrpg¦ nigEdlBMucg;[Gñk
not invite the other person to give more ÉeTotpþl;Bt’manbEnßmeT KWRKan;Etcg;bBa¢ak;
information. Closed questions can be useful b:ueNÑaH . kareRbIsMnYrbiT manRbeyaCn_sMrab;
for checking the details of information. epÞógpÞat;cMNuclMGit²enAkñúgBt’manNamYy.
coalition karBYtédKñaCabkSrYm b¤ RkumcMruH b¤ sm<½n§mitþ
see also: network sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bNþaj
a. A group of people or organisations that k> mnusSmYyRkum b¤GgÁkarmYyRkum EdlBYtédKña
join together to achieve a particular purpose, edIm,IsMerceKaledACak;lak;GVImYy EdlCaerOy²
often a social or political cause or issue. eRcInTak;TgnwgerOgsgÁmkic© b¤neya)ay
b. A union of two or more political parties to x> karrYmKñarvagKNbkSBIr b¤eRcIn edIm,IQñH
fight an election or form a government. eqñat b¤edIm,IerobcMrdæaPi)almYy .
code Rkm b¤ c,ab;
a. A set of principles or rules that tell people k> eKalkarN_ b¤bTbBa¢a EdlkMNt;[Blrdæ
how to behave in their life or in certain eKarBtamkñúgkarrs;enA b¤ enAkñúgsßankarN_
situations. NamYy .
b. A secret way of writing a language or x> viFIsMgat;kñúgkarsresrPasa b¤edIm,IbBa©b;
ending messages. karepJIsar .
coercion karbgÁab; b¤ kardak;bBa¢adac;Nat;
Controlling by force. Using threats or orders karRKb;RKgRtYtRtaedaykmøaMg . kareRbIkar
to make someone do something they do not KMramkMEhgbBa¢anrNamñak; [eFVIGVImYyEdleKBMu
want to do. cg;eFVI .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 26 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
coercive power GMNacbgçM
cold war sRgÁamRtCak;
a. Hostilities short of armed conflict, k> karRbQmmuxdak;Kña edayBMu)anQaneTA
consisting of threats, propaganda and dl;kareRbIR)as;GavuFeT . KUbdibkç eRcIneRbIkar
subversive political activities. KMramkMEhg kareXasna kareFVIviT§gSnaxag
b. The state of affairs existing between the neya)ayepSg² .
United States and the Soviet Union from the x> sßankarN_twgEtgrvagshrdæGaemrik nig
Second World War until the 1980's in which shPaBsUevot cab;BIs®gÁamelakelIkTIBIr
neither were ever directly engaged in armed rhUtdl;TsvtSr_TI80 . mhaGMNacTaMgBIr BMu
conflict in their own territories. Instead, wars )aneFVIs®gÁamc,aMgKñaenAelITwkdIrbs;xøÜnenaHeT
were fought through client states aligned with b:uEnþtamry³sm<½n§mitþEdlCarNbrbs;xøÜn .
the superpowers.

collaboration kic©shkar
see also: cooperation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ shRbtibtþikar
a. Working together on a specific project or k> eFVIkarCamYyKñakñúgKMeragNamYy b¤edIm,I
to achieve a common goal. sMerceKaledArYm .
b. Cooperation with an enemy that is x> shRbtibtþikarCamYysRtUv EdlkMBugkan;
occupying your country. kab;TwkdIrbs;xøÜn .
collaborative problem-solving rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/ karedaHRsaybBaða
see also: decision-making process, participatory edayshkarKña
decision-making, problem-solving sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ dMeNIrkarénkareFVI
esckþIseRmccitþ/ esckþIseRmccitþ edayman
karcUlrYm/ viFIsa®sþedaHRsaybBaða
A process for working together to reach dMeNIrkarmYyEdlPaKITaMgGs; shRbtibtþikar
CamYyKña edIm,IrkcMNucÉkPaBKñaGMBIbBaðaecaT
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 27 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
consensus about a problem and to solve it, nigedaHRsaybBaðaenaH CaBiesstamkar
through allowing all stakeholders to express GnuBaØat[PaKITaMgGs;man»kasbeBa©jTsSn³
their views, generate options and influence rbs;xøÜn/ elIkCasMeNICMerIs nigdak;TMgn;eTAelI
decisions. Based on the premise that when karseRmccitþ . ynþkarenHQrenAelITsSn³
people participate in making a decision, they fa eBlNamnusSRKb;Kña)ancUlrYmkñúgkarsMerc
will support it. citþNamYy eKnwgKaMRTdl;esckþIsMerccitþenaH .
collaborator Gñkshkar/ shkarI
see collaboration sUmemIlBakü³ kic©shkar
collective bargaining karcrcatéføedayrYmKña
Negotiation conducted by an organised group of karcrcaeFVIedaybuKÁlikrYmKña¬dUcCashCIB¦ Ca
employees such as a union with their employers mYynieyaCk GMBIbBaðaR)ak;bMNac; briyakas
over wages, working conditions etc. kargar .l.
collective dispute vivaTkargarrYm
see also: individual dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTbuKÁl
A labour dispute involving one or more CavivaTkargarmYy EdlBak;B½n§dl;nieyaCkmñak;
employers and a number of their employees, b¤eRcInnak; nigbuKÁlik¼kmµkrmYycMnYn GMBI
related to working conditions, the right to sßanPaBkargar/ siT§ikñúgkarbegáItshCIB b¤GMBI
organise, or relations between employers and TMnak;TMngrvagnieyaCk nigbuKÁlik¼kmµkr .
workers. In addition, to be defined as a elIsBIenHeTot enAeRkamc,ab;sþIGMBIkargarenA
collective dispute under Cambodian Labour RbeTskm<úCa edIm,IGacniyay)anfaCavivaTrYm
Law, it must have the potential to jeopardise KWTal;EtvivaTenaHxøaMg rhUtGacraMgsÞHdMeNIrkar
the effective operation of an enterprise or the rbs;eragcRkb¤bgáeRKaHfñak;dl;snþiPaBsgÁm .
peace of society at large.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 28 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
common goal / common interest eKaledArYm b¤ plRbeyaCn_rYm
A goal or interest that both parties have in eKaledA b¤plRbeyaCn_ EdlPaKITaMgBIr
common. manrYmKña .
common ground cMNucÉkPaB b¤ cMNucrYm
Interests, priorities and concerns that each KWCaplRbeyaCn_/ GaTiPaB nigkar)armÖ Edl
side has in common. Areas where both parties PaKITaMgGs;manRbhak;RbEhlKña . vak¾GacCa
agree or have similar needs. Identifying bBaðab¤kñúgvis½yGVImYyEdlPaKITaMgBIrRBmeRBog
common ground can be used to reframe Kña b¤manplRbeyaCn_Rbhak;RbEhlKña .
issues and to change perceptions of the “other karrkeXIjnUvcMNucÉkPaB GacCYy[eKemIl
side.” eXIjbBaðakñúgrUbPaBepSg ehIyGacCYy[PaKI
nImYy² smøwgeTAPaKIÉeTotkñúgGarmµN_mYyfµI .
communication karR)aRs½yTak;Tg
The process of exchanging information or dMeNIkarpøas;bþÚrBt’maneTAvijeTAmk eday
expressing thoughts or feelings, whether verbal bgðajBITsSn³ b¤BImenaseBa©tna tamBaküsMdI
or non-verbal (through physical movements or kþI b¤tamrUbPaBepSgeTotkþI ¬tamkayvikar b¤
facial expressions). Communication is central Twkmux¦ . karR)aRs½yTak;TgmannaTIsMxan;
in the prevention and management of conflict Nas;kñúgkarbgáar nigRKb;RKgTMnas; eRBaHfa
as it can be used skilfully to develop and ebIeRbIR)as;)anl¥ eKGaceFVI[mankareyaKyl;
maintain mutual understanding or can lead to KñaeTAvijeTAmk b¤mYypÞúyeTAvij vaGaceFVI[
escalation. TMnas;kan;EtraldalEfmeTot .
communication skills or tools CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg
Constructive ways of communicating which b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
build relationships and help to transform viFICaviC¢mankñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg edIm,Iksag
conflict, such as active listening, TMnak;TMng nigedIm,IEkERbTMnas; dUcCa karsþab;skmµ
paraphrasing, reframing, summarising, ‘I’ karbrRbeyaK karerobcMKMeragniyayeLIgvij kar
statements and open questions. eFVsI eM yaKnigsegçb/ karelIk]TahrN_GviCm¢ anBI
xønÜ Ég CaCagBIGkñ ÉeTot nigsMnrY cMh .l.
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 29 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
compassion emtþaFm’
Awareness of the suffering of another person kardk;Cab;GarmµN_ GaNitGasUrGñkNamñak;
and the desire to help. EdlrgTukç ehIymanbMNgCYydl;eK .
compatibility square (conflict kaer:cuHsRmug
square) vtßúBIrvacuHsMrugCamYyKña enAeBlEdlvtßúTaMgBIr
Two things are compatible when they are able enaH GacrYmrs;CamYyKñaedayBMumanCemøaH .
to coexist without adversely affecting each {kaer:cuHsMrug { KWCa]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKTMnas;
other, i.e. without conflict. The compatibility edayepþateTAelIeKaledA nig Gakb,kiriya¼
square is a tool for analysing conflict by TegVI ¬EdlGacsuIsgVak;Kña b¤minsuIsgVak;Kña¦
focusing on the goals and behaviour - each of rbs;PaKInimYy² . karKYbpSMtamrebobepSg²
which can be compatible or incompatible - of KñaénktþaTaMgenHGacCH\T§iBleFVI[³ KµanTMnas;
each party. The different combinations of manTMnas;tictYcEdlenAkb;emIlmineXIj/ man
these factors may condition no conflict, latent TMnas;Edlcab;epþImelceLIg b¤manTMnas;Edl
conflict, surface conflict or open conflict. ebIkcMhEtmþg .
kaer:cuHsMrug / Compatibility Square
eKaledAcuHsMrug eKaledAmincuHsMrug
Compatible Goals Incompatible Goals

Gakb,kiriya¼TegVIcuHsMrug KµanTMnas; TMnas;bgáb; ¬enAkb;¦


Compatible Behaviour No Conflict Latent Conflict

Gakb,kiriya¼TegVImincuHsMrug TMnas;xageRkA TMnas;cMh ¬elcmux¦


Incompatible Behaviour Surface Conflict Open Conflict

compensation sMNg
Something given (often money) to make up sMNg ¬PaKeRcInCaluykak;¦ edIm,ITUTat;nUvkar
for damage or loss inflicted upon others. xatbg;Edl)anbgáeLIgeTAelIGñkdéT .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 30 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
complex emergency PaBGasnñd¾sµúKsµaj
A conflict situation having interlocking sßankarN_TMnas;mYyd¾sµúKsµaj Edlmanb£s
causes and origins which requires a variety Kl; nigedImehtuRbTak;RbTgKñay:agsaMjúMa .
of international comprehensive responses to sßankarN_enHtRmUv[shKmn_GnþrCati mandM
relieve the human suffering involved and to edaHRsaymYyd¾TUlMTUlay edIm,IsRmalkar
contain or resolve the conflict. QWcab;rbs;CnrgeRKaH nigedIm,IRKb;RKg nig
edaHRsayTMnas; .
compromise karsRmuHsRmYl b¤ karRBmeRBogKñacUlrYm
a. A process where parties to a conflict lHbg;mñak;bnþic² ¬rvagPaKITMnas;¦
negotiate to reduce their original demands in k> ynþkarmYyEdlPaKITMnas;crcaKña edIm,I
order to reach a mutually agreeable solution kat;bnßykarTamTarBIdMbUg nigQaneTArkkic©
which falls short of what both sides really want. RBmeRBogrYmEdlkñúgenaHTaMgsgxagBMu)anTTYl
b. An agreement reached through such a GVI²sBVRKb;TaMgGs; dUcxøÜncg;)anBIdMbUgeT .
process. x> kic©RBmeRBógTTYl)antamry³ynþkarenH .
concept KMnit b¤ RTwsþI
concepts of justice RTwsþIényutþiFm’
see also: justice in reconciliation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yutþiFm’kñúgkarpSHpSa
The varieties of ways in which justice is KMnitényutþiFm’ KWCaeKalkarN_sñÚlénRbsiT§i
viewed, such as: PaBkñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; .
- procedural justice or fairness of the - yutþiFm’tamnItiviFI³ KWepþateTAelIPaBRtwm
procedures or rules by which decisions are RtUvénnItiviFI b¤k,Ünc,ab; EdlykmkeRbIedIm,IeFVI
made; karsMerccitþ .
- distributive justice or fairness by which - yutþiFm’tamkarEbgEck³ epþatelIkarEbgEck
resources are allocated among parties or in FnFandl;RKb;PaKI b¤kñúgsgÁm .
society as a whole; - yutþiFm’tamkarBin½y b¤sgswk³ kareqøIytb

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 31 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
- retributive justice or redress of an offence, eTAnwgkarRbRBwtþixusF¶n;rbs;GñkNamñak; b¤karbM
violation or harm through punishment, Ban b¤karbgánUvTukçeTas. enHCakarrkyutþiFm’
retribution or revenge, and; m:üagEdlQrelIkardak;eTas b¤karsgswk .
- restorative justice or redress through - yutþiFm’tamsMNg EdlEp¥kelI karpþl;sMNg
compensation, repair, reconciliation or karCYsCul ¬pøÚvcitþ¦/ karpSHpSa b¤ karGt;eGan
forgiveness. eTas[ .
conceptual framework KMnitCaeRKag/ Rkbx½NÐTsSn³
see also: concept, framework sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RTwsþI/ KeRmag
a. The underlying structure of views, values k> KWCarcnasm<½n§CamUldæankñúgkarBicarNa/ kñúg
and beliefs that inform a person’s ideas about kar[témø b¤kñúgCMenOrbs;nrNamñak;enAelIerOg
something. GVImYy .
b. A set of values or principles to facilitate x> témø ¬tampøÚvcitþ b¤kñúg]tþmKti¦ b¤eKal
thinking about something in a structured karN_mYycMnYn edIm,ICYy[mankarBicarNaeTA
way. tamEbbbTmYyEdlmanRkwtüRkml¥GMBIGVImYy .
conciliation karpSHpSa
see also: mediation, reconciliation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl b¤
A process involving efforts by a third party to karpSHpSaeLIgvij
improve the relationship between two or more KWCadMeNIrkarmYyEdl PaKITIbICaGñksMruHsMrYl
disputants by working with them to eFVIkarCamYyPaKITMnas;TaMgBIr ¬b¤eRcInCagenH¦
correct misunderstandings, reduce fear and edIm,IEklMGTMnak;TMng edayEkéxkaryl;xus
distrust, and improve communication. In eTAvijeTAmk/ bn§ÚrbnßykarP½yxøac nigkarmin
conciliation, the third party has greater TukcitþKña . CaTUeTA kñúglMnaMrbs;bs©imRbeTs
authority than in a mediation process, and enAkñúgRkbx½NÐénkarsRmuHsRmYl PaKITIbIeRcIn
may offer suggestions, conduct fact-finding, mansiT§iGMNacxøaMgCag ebIeFobnwgdMeNIrkar
sRmbsRmYl KWeKGacelIkCamti/ bMeBj

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 32 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
or encourage parties to adopt a particular ebskkmµEsVgrkkarBit b¤esñIdl;PaKIvivaT[
solution. The methodology of conciliation eRCIserIsdMeNaHRsayNamYy . nItiviFIénkar
corresponds to traditional conflict pSHpSa manlkçN³RsedogKñanwgkaredaHRsay
management models in Cambodia. A person TMnas;EdlmanBIburaNmkenAkm<úCa . GñkNa
who conducts conciliation is called a mñak;EdlmantYnaTIeFVIkarpSHpSa eKehAfa Gñk
conciliator. pSHpSa .
conciliator GñkpSHpSa
see conciliation sUmemIlBakü³ karpSHpSa
conditional peace snþiPaBmanlkçxNÐ
An end to hostilities based on certain agreed karbBa©b;PaBRbTUsr:ay edayQrelIlkçxNÐ
conditions which if broken will return to mYycMnnY . EtebIlkçxNÐTaMgenaH BMRu tUv)an
open conflict. eKarBeT TMnas;k¾nwgekIteT,IgsaCafµI .
conference snñisIT
see also: meeting, workshop sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kic©RbCMu sikçasala
A large formal meeting held to present karRbCMud¾FM nigCapøÚvkar edIm,IbgðajnUvBt’man b¤
information and discuss specific matters. KMehIjNamYy nigedIm,ICECkBiPakSaGMBIRbFan
bTmYycMnYnd¾Cak;lak; .
confidence Gaf’kM)aMg b¤ esckþITukcitþ
confidentiality edaysMgat; ¬BaküsamBaس edaylak;karN_x<s;¦
A situation in which parties trust that sßankarN_mYyEdlPaKITaMgGs; eCOTukcitþKña
sensitive or private information will not be eTAvijeTAmkfa Bt’manxøHEdlmanlkçN³sMgat;
revealed to others. b¤Tak;TgeTAnwgbuKÁlÉkCn nwgminRtUveKlat
RtdagR)ab;eTAGñkdéTeLIy .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 33 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflict vivaT b¤ TMnas; b¤CMelaH
see also: armed conflict, deep-rooted conflict, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;Rbdab;GavuF/
dispute, ethnic conflict, identity conflict, latent TMnas;manb£sd¾eRCAehIysaMjaúM/ TMnas;CatiBn§/
conflict, social conflict, and other entries under TMnas;GtþsBaØaN/ TMnas;BMuTan;elcmux/
conflict below. TMnas;bBaðasgÁm nigcMNucCMelaHepSgeTot
A state of disagreement or argument enAxageRkam .
involving apparently incompatible interests karBMuÉkPaB b¤karRbTUsra:yKñarvagPaKITaMg
or needs and where there is division or LayEdlmanplRbeyaCn_ b¤tRmUvkarBMuRsb
polarity between the different parties. Kña . TMnas;GacekItmanenAkñúgxøÜneyIgpÞal;
Conflict can be within a person, between GacekItmanrvagbuKÁl Rkum b¤RbCaCati ehIy
individuals, groups or nations, and can be GacmanlkçN³ebIkcMh b¤ruaMér: . PaKIenAkñúg
open or latent. The parties in a conflict are CMelaH CYnkalehAfa GñkmanCMelaH .
sometimes called conflictants.
conflict analysis karviPaKTMnas;
Conflict analysis makes use of a variety of kareRbIR)as;]bkrN_ nigeRKagmYycMnYn edIm,I
tools and frameworks to gain deeper yl;[)ankan;Etc,as;nUvEpñkTaMgLayénTMnas;
understanding of a conflict in terms of the KWman PaKInImYy² bBaða b£sKl;énTMnas; kar
parties, issues, root causes, power imbalances, )at;tulüPaBGMNac sMBaFnig\T§iBlmkBIeRkA
outside pressures and influences, .l. kñúgkarRKb;RKg b¤karEkERbTMnas; KWCa
opportunities for third party intervention, etc. karcaM)ac;Nas; EdlRtUvrk[eXIjnUvviFIsaRsþ
It is necessary throughout the conflict smRsb edIm,IeFVIGnþraKmn_ nigbgáarkMu[TMnas;
management or transformation process, in kan;EtrIkraldal. ]bkrN_mandUcCa RtIekaN
identifying appropriate approaches for cTb/ kaer:cuHsRmug EpnTITMnas; edImeQITMnas;
intervention and to prevent escalation. ]bkrN_dUNat; CnÞl;énbBaða ExSbnÞat;eBl
Examples of tools for conflict analysis evla .l.
include the ABC triangle, compatibility
square, conflict mapping, conflict tree,
doughnut tool, pillars analysis, timeline, etc.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 34 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflictant GñkmanTMnas;
see conflict sUmemIlBakü³ vivaT b¤TMnas; b¤CMelaH
conflict avoidance kareCosvagTMnas;
see also: conflict prevention sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bgáarTMnas;
The practice and strategies used to avoid Gakb,kiriya b¤yuT§sa®sþkñúgkarBMuTTYlsÁal; b¤
acknowledging or facing conflict, leaving the BMuRbQmmuxnwgTMnas;/ edayBMuRBmedaHRsay .
issues and underlying causes unresolved. enHKWCaectnaBMuTTYlsÁal;fa TMnas;kMBugEtekIt
Conflict avoidance is an attempt to ignore eLIg eTaHbITMnas;enaHenAruaMér: b¤elceFøaeLIgk¾
the realities of a conflict situation, whether eday . rIÉkarbgáarTMnas;vij KWCakarriHrkpøÚv
latent or overt, unlike conflict prevention, d¾buinRbsb; edIm,IRbQmnwgTMnas;EdlkMBugekIt
which seeks skilful ways to address actual or b¤EdlGacnwgekIt kñúgectnabgáarkMu[TMnas;rIk
potential conflict and to prevent escalation. raldaleTA)an .
conflict escalation karrIkraldalénTMnas;
A worsening of conflict that occurs especially TMnas;Edlkan;EtFMeTA² CaBiessenAkñúgsßan
when situations are seen as having win/lose karN_ Edlhak;dUcCatRmUv[manGñkQñH nig
outcomes. It is characterised by each side Gñkcaj; . KUbdibkçRbkan;CMhrd¾twgrwg/ emIl
taking strong positions, emphasising eXIjEtBIPaBxusKña edayePøcKitdl;pl
differences and losing focus of common RbeyaCn_rYm nigbegáInPaBRbTUsr:aydak;Kña .
interests, and by increased hostility between CYnkal esckþIkøahanh‘anRbQmmuxniyay
parties. Skilful confrontation is sometimes a tTl;KñaedaybuinRbsb; KWCaCMhand¾caM)ac;kñúg
necessary step in the progression from conflict karERbkaøyTMnas;[eTACasnþiPaB ehIyeKmin
to peace, and should not be confused with RtUvRcLMvaCamYynwgkareFVI[ TMnas;rIkraldal
conflict escalation. enaHeT .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 35 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflict management karRKb;RKgTMnas;
see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaH
prevention, conflict resolution, conflict RsayTMnas;/ karbgáarTMnas;/ karedaHRsay
transformation TMnas;/ karbMEbøgTMnas;
a. The term “conflict management” has been k> vaküs½BÞ {karRKb;RKgTMnas;} )anRtUveK
used since the 1970’s, and grew out of eRbIR)as;taMgBITsvtSr_1970mk . skmµCn
practitioners’ awareness of the limitations of kñúgvis½yenHkan;Etyl;dwgfa TsSn³én {kar
the concept of “conflict resolution” (see edaHRsayTMnas;{ BMumanPaBTUlMTUlayenaH
below). This more mature understanding of eT . eKkan;Etyl;GBM fI amBlpÞal;enAkñgú CemøaH
the dynamics of conflict takes into account eRBaHeK)ansikSa ehIyTTYlsÁal;fa enAkñúg
the nature and role of conflict in TMnak;TMngrvagmnusS CaFmµtaKWEtgEtman
relationships: that it is natural and should be TMnas;EdleyIgRtUvEtRKb;RKg ¬tamry³kar
managed (through understanding its patterns EsVgyl;nUvsPaB/ EbbEpn nigfamBlpÞal;én
and dynamics) just as we manage other areas TMnas;¦ dUcEdleyIgRKb;RKg EpñkdéTeTotén
of our lives. The emphasis is not on CIvitrbs;eyIgEdr . karyl;EbbenH eFVI[kar
“resolving” conflict in the sense of getting ykcitþTukdak;kñúgkar {edaHRsay{ TMnas; BMu
rid of it, but on managing the process EmnepþatEteTAelIkarbM)at;TMnas;[xagEt)an
towards a constructive outcome. enaHeT pÞúyeTAvij KWRtUvRKb;RKgTMnas; edIm,I
b. This term is also used for the long-term QaneTAdl; lT§plCaviC¢man .
management of intractable conflicts so that x> eKeRbIvaküs½BÞenH kñúgn½ykarRKb;RKgyUr
they do not escalate out of control and GEgVgnUvTMnas;Edlcak;eRsH edIm,IkMu[rIkral
become violent. dal ehIynaMeTArkGMeBIhigSa .
conflict mapping karKUrKMnUr b¤ EpnTITMnas;
An analytical tool using various symbols to KWCa]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKTMnas; tamry³kareRbI
represent the conflict graphically, showing rUbsBaØa edIm,IbgðajTMnak;TMngrvagPaKImYyeTA
the parties in relation to the issues and to PaKImYy nigrvagPaKIeTAnwgTMnas; .
each other in a given conflict.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 36 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflict of interest TMnas;plRbeyaCn_
a. A situation in which a person stands to k> sßankarN_mYyEdlnrNamñak;)anTTYlpl
benefit from a particular outcome of a RbeyaCn_BIesckþIsMerccitþEdlGñkenaHÉg k¾
decision, but participates in the decision )ancUlrYmkñúgesckþIsMerccitþenaHEdr . erOgenH
making process as if they were neutral, naM[mankarKitfa karsMerccitþrbs;GñkenaHBMu
i.e. they are expected to act unfairly because yutþiFm’ b¤GBüaRkwteT eRBaHeKsMerccitþeday
they will be personally affected by the QrelIplRbeyaCn_ EdlxøÜneKnwg)anTTYl .
decisions they make. x> sßankarN_mYyEdlmanmnusSeRcIncg;Taj
b. A situation in which different people want plRbeyaCn_epSg²Kña .
different things.

conflict prevention karbgáarTMnas;


see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkar
management, conflict resolution, conflict edaHRsayTMnas;/ karRKb;RKgTMnas;/
transformation karedaHRsayTMnas;/ karbMEbøgTMnas;
Attempts to deal constructively with latent karBüayamcat;EcgCaviC¢man eTAelITMnas;Edl
conflict and prevent overt conflict through a bgáb;minTan;ecjmux tamry³karEsVgyl;BI
deep understanding of a situation and through sßanPaB nigb£sKl;énTMnas;muneBlTMnas;
addressing the root causes of potential enaHrIkraldal . kñúgynþkarenH k¾mankareRbI
conflict before they develop further. Also R)as;viFICMnajxøH dUcCa karCECkBiPakSaKñaCa
involving early intervention and the lkçN³ksag/ karR)aRs½yTak;TgKñad¾l¥/
promotion of skills such as constructive karGnuvtþn_EpnkarEdlnaM[manyutþiFm’kñúgkar
dialogue and good communication, or the EbgEckFnFan nigesvaCaedIm .
promotion of policies such as justice in

access to resources and services, etc.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 37 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflict resolution karedaHRsayTMnas;
see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsedaHRsay
management, conflict prevention, conflict TMnas; karRKb;RKgTMnas; bgáarTMnas;
transformation karbMEbøgTMnas;
“Resolution” means ending something that is {karedaHRsay} mann½yfa bBa©b;nUvbBaaðGVI
difficult, and implies finding a solution or mYyEdllM)ak nignaMmknUvdMeNaHRsaydl;
settlement to a conflict. “Conflict resolution” TMnas;NamYy . {karedaHRsayTMnas;} KWCa
is an early term for the field of the study of vaküs½BÞEdleKeRbIyUrmkehIykñúgvis½yenH
conflict. It involves understanding the edayrYmbBa©ÚlTaMgkarEsVgyl;GMBIfamBl
dynamics of conflict and practical skills for épÞkñúgénTMnas; nigkarGnuvtþn_CMnajedIm,I
intervention. However, this term can give the GnþraKmn_ . b:uEnþ kareRbIvaküs½BÞenH hak;
impression that conflict is undesirable, and dUcCanaM[manGarmµN_fa TMnas;KWCaerOgmin
not acknowledge the fact that conflict is Kb,I edayBMuRBmTTYlsÁal;fa TMnas;vaman
inherent in any ongoing relationship. Also, if Cab;Canic©enAkñúgTMnak;TMngNamYyEdlkMBug
the main goal is to reduce or eliminate the vivtþeTA . mü:ageTot ebIsineKmaneKaledA
overt expressions of conflict, this can cMbg cg;Etkat;bnßy b¤bBa©b;TMnas;Cadac;xat
overlook the role of conflict in social change enaH eKGacemIlrMlgnUvtYnaTICaviC¢manrbs;
and may even prolong injustices or the root TMnas; kñúgkarEkERbsgÁm[kan;Etl¥RbesIr
structural causes of conflict. The term usually eLIg RBmTaMgGaceFVI[GyutþiFm’kñúgsgÁmkan;
refers to the process of resolving a conflict EtbnþyUreTAeTot nigeFVI[b£sKl;énTMnas;
permanently, by adequately addressing each enAmanCIvitrs;revIk . CaFmµta BaküenHsMedA
side’s needs and interests so that they are dl;karbBa©b;TMnas;CaGcié®nþy_ tamkaredaH
satisfied with the outcome. Rsayy:agsmRsb [PaKICemøaHTaMgGs;nUv
esckþIRtUvkar nigplRbeyaCn_EdleKcg;)an .
Note: “Conflict Resolution” used to be an kMNt;sMKal;³ vaküs½BÞ }karedaHRsayTMnas;}
umbrella term for this field of study and its kalBImunvaRKbdNþb;elI karsikSaBIGVI²TaMgGs;
practical application. The terms “conflict enAkñúgvis½y enHnigkñúgkarGnuvtþn_ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 38 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
management,” “conflict resolution,” and bc©úb,nñ Bakü {karRKb;RKgTMnas;} {karedaH
“conflict transformation” now each have RsayTMnas;} nig {karbMEbøgTMnas;} KWmann½y
specialised meanings, implying different Biess²rbs;va nigbgðajnUvckçúvis½yxus²Kña
visions of peacemaking. While there is no kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB . \LÚvElgmanvaküs½BÞ
new umbrella term, in practice, the above NaRKbdNþb;elIBaküdéTeTotehIy . eKeRbI
terms are all used and involve very similar vaküs½BÞTaMgenHRBm²Kña edayeRbI]bkrN_ nig
techniques for working with conflict. bec©keTsRbhak;RbEhlKña edIm,IbMeBjkar
garkñúgvis½yTMnas;enH .
conflict style critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;
see also: approaches to conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsayTMnas;
The different ways that people tend to KWrebobrbbEdlmnusSRKb;rUb manninñakarkñúg
respond or react to conflict, e.g. kareqøIytbeTAnwgTMnas; dUcCa karsMrbtam
accommodation, avoidance, collaboration, karecosTMnas; kic©shkar karRbECgKña
competition, compromise, etc. karsMruHsMrYl .l.
conflict transformation karEkERb b¤ bMEbøgTMnas;
see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaH
management, conflict prevention, conflict RsayTMnas; karRKb;RKgTMnas; karbgáarTMnas;
resolution karedaHRsayTMnas;
The term “conflict transformation” emerged vaküs½BÞenH elceLIgenATsvtSr_1990 tam
in the 1990s, following “conflict resolution” eRkayvaküs½BÞ {karedaHRsayTMnas;} nig {kar
and “conflict management.” It encompasses RKb;RKgTMnas;} . BaküenHrYmbBa©ÚlTaMgkar
all the transformations or changes that occur EbøgPaB b¤karEkERbnana EdlekIteLIgenA
in conflict: the ways that conflict changes the kñúgTMnas; dUcCa EbbbTEdlTMnas;)anEkERb
relationships of the people involved; the ways TMnak;TMngénKUPaKI/ EbbbTEdlPaKICemøaHGac
that the people involved can change the EkERbFatuénTMnas;BIGviC¢man eTACaviC¢manvij/
nature of the conflict from destructive to nigEbbbTEdlPaKICemøaH GackøayeTACatYGgÁ

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 39 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
more constructive outcomes; and the ways kñúgkarEklMGTMnak;TMngKña nigEkERbsgÁmTaMg
that conflict and how people engage with it is mUl . dUecñH BaküenHBiBN’naBI famBlpÞal;
an agent for change in relationships and in nig\T§iBlénTMnas; RBmTaMgeKaledAénkar
society. That is, it describes the dynamics ksagsnþiPaBpgEdr .
and impact of conflict, as well as the goals of
peacebuilding.

conflict tree edImeQITMnas;


see also: problem tree sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ edImeQIbBaða
A tool for identifying conflict issues and KWCa]bkrN_mYysMrab;rknUvbBaða nigb£sKl;én
their root causes using a diagram of a tree. TMnas;edayeRbIrUbPaBénedImeQImYy .
plb:HBal;énTMnas;
Effects of Conflict

bBaðasñÚl Core Issues

mUlehtuénTMnas; ¼ Root Causes of Conflict

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 40 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
confrontation karRbQmmuxdak;Kña
A face to face meeting of hostile parties. It karCYbtTl;KñarvagKUbdibkç EdlGacQaneTA
has the potential for violence or for skilful rkkareRbIhigSa b¤k¾eTArkkarTak;TgKñaRbkb
nonviolent communication. In the edayGhigSa . kñúgkarqøgBITMnas;bgáb; b¤rauMér:
progression from hidden or latent conflict to QaneTArkdMeNaHRsayedaysnþPi aB karCYb
peaceful settlement, some form of tTl;KñakñúgRTg;RTayNamYy GacCadMNak;kal
confrontation may be a necessary step as mYyd¾caM)ac; eRBaHfaPaKInanacab;epþImyl;dwg
parties become aware of power imbalances GMBIGtulüPaBénGMNac nigPaBGyutþiFm’ .
and injustices. Successful confrontation can karCYbtTl;KñaEdlRbRBwtþeTA)aneCaKC½y Gac
increase awareness of mutual issues and eFVI[PaKITaMgGs; Gacyl;kan;Etc,as;nUvbBaða
balance power, making negotiation possible. TaMgsgxag nigGMBItulüPaBénGMNac EdleFVI
[kic©crcaGacRbRBwtþeTA)an .
consensus mtiRBmeRBogrYm/ karmUlmti/ kugsg;s‘us
A process for making group decisions CadMeNIrkarmYykñúgkarsMerccitþCaRkum edayBMu
without voting, where agreement is reached caM)ac;e)aHeqñat . karRBmeRBogsMerceLIg)an
through gathering information and views, and tamry³karRbmUlTsSn³nigBt’man nigkar
group discussion. The goal is to reach a CECkCaRkum . eKaledA KWQan[dl;kar
decision with which everyone can agree, not seRmccitþmYyEdlTaMgGs;KñaTTYlyk)an BMu
just a majority. In consensus, each party has EmnTTYl)anEtmtiPaKeRcInenaHeT . kñúgdMeNIr
enough interest in group unity to be flexible karenH plRbeyaCn_kñúgkarrkSasm<½n§PaBRkum
on the decision, even though it may not be eFVI[ PaKInImYy²manPaBTn;Pøn;kñúgkarsMerccitþ
their preferred solution. eTaHbIesckþIsMerccitþenaH GacBMuEmnCadMeNaH
RsayEdleKcUlcitþbMputenaHkþI .
conspiracy karrYmpSMKnM ti CasMgat; b¤ karrYmKMnti k,t;CasMgat;
A plan made secretly by two or more people KMeragkarsMgat;erobcMeLIgedaymnusSBIrnak; b¤
to do something harmful or illegal. eRcInkñúgkareFVIGVImYyEdlnaM[Gnþray b¤xusc,ab; .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 41 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
constituency / constituents RkumKaMRT b¤ GñkKaMRT
a. The people who live and vote in a k> mnusSmYyRkumEdlrs;enA nige)aHeqñatenA
particular area of the country that elects a mNÐlNamYy edIm,IeRCIserIstMNagcUlkñúg
representative to a government body such as sßab½nrdæ dUcCa sPa CaedIm . mnusSmYyRkum
a parliament. Any group that supports or is EdlKaMRTedaycMh b¤edayRbeyalcMeBaHGñk
likely to support a politician or political party. neya)ay b¤ KNbkSneya)ayNamYy .
b. The constituents of a negotiator are the x/ RkumKaMRTrbs;GñkcrcaNamñak; KWCamnusS
people he or she is representing or mYyRkumEdlGñkenaHQrCatMNag b¤xMcrca[.
negotiating for.
constructive EdlmanlkçN³sßabna
Actions or speech are constructive if they are skmµPaBb¤sMdI manlkçN³sßabna ebIsinvaman
intended to help or lead to improvements, eKaledACYyeRCamERCg b¤naM[mankareCOn
rather than to complain or offend people. elOn minEmnRKan;Et)antv:a b¤eFVI[GñkdéTfñak;
Having positive results. fñaMgcitþenaHeT . GVIEdlmanlT§plCaviC¢man .
constructive criticism karTietonkñúgn½ysßabna
Communicating the negative points about a TietonsßankarN_NamYy b¤nrNamñak;kñúgbMNg
situation or person in a way that is supportive KaMRT nigcg;[mankarEkERbeTArkpøÚvl¥ . kar
and is intended to lead to positive change. Tietonminsßabna naM[manlT§plGaRkk; dUcCa
Criticism which is not constructive may have begáIt[mankarEbk)ak; nigeFVI[TMnak;TMngman
largely negative results: creating division and PaBrkaMrkUs .
damaging relationships.
context bribT
see also: ABC triangle sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaN cTb
The circumstances or situation in which kal³eTs³ »kas b¤sßankarN_EdlmanGVImYy
something happens or in which something is ekIteT,Ig b¤EdlmanerOgGVImYyRtUvykmk
to be considered. BicarNa .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 42 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
contradict niyaypÞúy b¤ RbqaMg
A statement or fact contradicts another when it karGHGag b¤skmµPaBmYy vapÞúynwgGVImYy
is impossible for them both to be true. A eTotenAeBlNaEdlerOgTaMgBIr BMuGacCakar
person’s behaviour is contradictory when it BitdUcKña)an . eKGaceRbIvaküs½BÞenHcMeBaH
goes against what they say they will do. nrNamñak;enAeBlEdlsMdI nigGMeBIrbs;GñkenaH
vapÞúyKña.
controversial / controversy EdlGacmanlkçN³RbTajRbTg; ¬vaTb,divaT¦
Provoking strong opinions by going against GVmI yY EdlqáHw [manmtiCTM as; eRBaHpÞyú nwgGVI
prevailing beliefs or practices. mYyEdleKFøab;eCOb¤Føab;RbRBwtþBImunmk .
cooling-off period ry³eBlsMrab;eFV[I KUvvi aTRtCak;cti nþ gw KñaeLIgvij
see also: arbitration, conciliation, lockout, strike sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karvinicä½y karpSHpSa
LúkeGA kUdkmµ
The period when a labour dispute is passing Cary³eBlEdlvivaTkargar kMBugqøgkat;dMNak;
through the conciliation and arbitration kalpSHpSa karvinicä½y nigEdlkñúgeBlenaH
process, during which there should be no BMuRtUv[mankUdkmµ b¤LúkeGAeLIy .
strikes or lockouts.
cooperation kic©shRbtibtþikar
see also: collaboration sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kic©shkar
Providing assistance to others or working pþl;CMnYydl;GñkdéT b¤eFVIkarCamYyKña edIm,I
together to achieve a common purpose. seRmcbMNgrYm .
council RkumRbwkSa
a. An official group of people that meets to k> m®nþImYyRkumEdlCYbKña edIm,IBiPakSaGMBI
discuss policy, make rules or decisions and to eKalneya)ay/ eFVIc,ab;Tmøab; b¤eFVIesckþI
give advice. seRmccitþ nigpþl;nUvKMniteyabl; .
b. A local government body, e.g. Commune x> sßab½nmYyrbs;rdæenAfñak;mUldæan ]TahrN_
Councils in Cambodia. RkumRbwkSaXMu-sgáat;enAkm<úCa .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 43 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
counselling karRbwkSapþl;eyabl;
The act of listening to people and giving them skmµPaBénkarsþab;GñkNamñak; ehIyCYyelIk
support or advice in addressing problems or Twkcitþ nigpþl;eyabl; sMrab;edaHRsaybBaða
underlying issues they face. EdlGñkenaHkMBugCYbRbTH .
crisis vibtþi
see also: stages of conflict, trigger / trigger
sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ dMNak;kalénTMnas;/
event
RBwtþkarN_¼b£sKl;énTMnas;
a. An unstable situation of extreme danger or
k> sßankarN_GsßirPaBmYyEdlRbkbeday
difficulty.
]bsKÁ nigeRKaHfñak;F¶n;F¶r
b. A crucial stage or turning point in the
x> CadMNak;kald¾sMxan; b¤CacMNucbt;mYy
course of a conflict when tension or violence
kñúgkarvivtþn_TMnas; EdlenAeBlenaHPaBtantwg
is most intense and communication has
b¤higSamansnÞúHxøaMg ehIykarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
deteriorated.
Kña)anFøak;y:ab;yuWn .
criteria lkçN³vinicä½y b¤ lkçzan
Standards or principles by which judgements, EbbbT b¤eKalkarN_EdleKeRbIR)as; edIm,IeFVI
assessments or decisions are made. karvinicä½y eFVIkarvaytémø b¤eFVIesckþIsMerccitþ.
criticism karTieton
see also: constructive criticism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTietonkñúgn½ysßabna
The act of expressing disapproval or skmµPaBbgðaj[eXIjnUvkarminyl;Rsb b¤kar
commenting on the negative points of manmtiGviCm¢ anelInrNamñak;b¤elIerOgGVmI yY .
someone or something.

cross-cultural TMnak;TMngrvagvb,Fm’epSg²Kña
see also: multi-cultural sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Bhuvb,Fm’
Involving exchange or relationship between GVI²EdlBak;B½n§eTAnwgkaredaHdUr b¤TMnak;TMng
people from more than one culture. rvagmnusSEdlmanRbPBvb,Fm’xusBIKña .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 44 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
cross-cultural negotiation karcrcatamlkçN³vb,Fm’epSg²Kña
see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca
Negotiation styles can vary significantly from rcnabTénkarcrca Gacpøas;bÚúþrBIvb,Fm’mYy
one culture to another, whether between eTAmYyeTot eTaHbIrvagCatisasn_/ rvagRkum
different ethnic or social groups or between epSgKñakñúgsgÁmEtmYy b¤rvagCMnan;xusKñakñúg
different generations within the same group. RkumEtmYy . ]/ manvb,Fm’xøH eKcUlcitþ
For example, in some cultures people prefer niyayBITMnas; enAeBlvaeTIbekIteLIg eday
to talk very directly and openly about conflict Rtg;eTARtg;mk nigedaycMh rIÉvb,Fm’xøHeTot
issues in initial face-to-face meetings, while kareFVIdUecñH GacnaM[mankar)ak;mux nignaM[
in others this is likely to cause loss of face xUcxatdl;TMnak;TMng . karcab;GarmµN_GMBIPaB
and further damage the relationship. xusKñarvagvb,Fm’epSg² KWmansar³sMxan;Nas;
Awareness of cross-cultural issues is very kñúgkarcrcaKña nigkñúgkarbMBak;bMb:nCMnaj Edl
important in negotiation and in conflict skills mankareRbIR)as;nUv ]bkrN_EdlbegáIteLIg
training which makes use of materials edayvb,Fm’xus²Kña .
developed in different cultures.
culture vb,Fm’
The shared values, knowledge and behaviour karRbkan;yknUvtémørYm cMeNHdwg nigGakb,kiri
of a group of people. The way a group of yarbs;mnusSmYyRkum . rebobrbb b¤karyl;
people perceives and interprets the world, and eXIjrbs;mnusSmYyRkum cMeBaHBiPBelak nig
how this manifests in communication, social GVIEdlGñkTaMgenaH)anbgðajecjmk tamry³
organisation, art, etc. karTMnak;TMngKña tamsil,³ karerobcMsgÁm .l.
culture of impunity vb,Fm’rYceTas
There is a culture of impunity when the fact eKniyayGMBIvb,Fm’rYceTas enAeBlNaEdl
that certain people can use their position or enAkñúgsgÁm Rkum b¤GgÁkarNamYy vaCakar
status to avoid punishment is common and Fmµta b¤CakarEdleKTTYl)an enAeBleXIj
accepted within a society, group or manmnusSxøHeRbIR)as;tYnaTI b¤zan³rbs;xøÜnkñúg
organisation. kareKcevHBIkarpþnÞaeTas .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 45 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Culture of Peace vb,Fm’snþiPaB
Defined by the United Nations as: “a set of tamniymn½yrbs; Gsb KW témø Gakb,kiriya/
values, attitudes, modes of behaviour and criya nigrebobrs;enAmYycMnYnEdlTat;ecal
ways of life that reject violence and prevent nUvGMeBIhigSa nigTTYlykkarbgáarTMnas; eday
conflicts by tackling their root causes to solve edaHRsaycab;BIb£sKl;énTMnas; tamry³kar
problems through dialogue and negotiation BiPakSa nigcrcaKñarvag buKÁl RkummnusS nig
among individuals, groups and nations.” The rvagsBa¢ati . TsSn³énvb,Fm’snþiPaBrYmbBa©Úl
concept of a culture of peace encompasses all RKb;rUbPaBénkarrs;enA EdlCYyCMruj[man
aspects of life that promote peace, such as snþiPaB dUcCa karGPivDÆn_esdækic©nigsgÁmkic©
sustainable economic and social mancIrPaB kareKarBsiT§imnusS PaBesµIKñarvag®sþI
development, respect for human rights, nigburs karcUlrYmCalkçN³RbCaFibetyü .l.
equality between women and men,

democratic participation, etc.


culture of violence vb,Fm’higSa
There is a culture of violence when violence eKGacniyay)anfa manvb,Fm’higSaenAeBl
or the threat of violence is common and EdlGMeBIhigSa b¤karKMramkMEhg ekItmanCa
accepted within a society, group, or RbcaMenAkñúgsgÁmmYy b¤mnusSmYyRkumEdlsux
organisation, often characterised by a citþTTYlykva nigEdlkñúgenaH sßanPaBén
breakdown of the rule of law. The use of nItirdæ)anFøak;y:ab;yuWn . kareRbIvb,Fm’higSa
violence may be respected or glorified by GacCaCMerIsrbs;smaCikxøHenAkñúgsgÁm kñúgkar
certain members as a form of interaction and edaHRsayvivaT enAeBlEdlGñkÉeTotrs;enA
settling differences or conflicts, while others kñúgsPaBP½yxøac . vb,Fm’higSaGacekItman
live in fear. It may be generalised, or CaTUeTA b¤k¾GactRmg;eTArkEtmnusSmYyRkum
directed towards a particular group or race. b¤CatiBn§NamYyd¾Cak;lak; .
custom TMenomTMlab;
A practice that is common to people in a rebobrbbCarYm EdlGnuvtþedaymnusSenA
particular place or society. kEnøgNamYy b¤enAkñúgsgÁmNamYy.
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 46 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
deadline kalkMNt;
A date or time by which you have to do or KWCaeBlevlamYYyEdlGñkRtUvbMeBjkic©kar[
complete something. ehIy enAmun b¤enARtwm eBlenaH.
deadlock PaBT½lRck
A situation in which a disagreement cannot be sßankarN_mYyEdlPaKIbdibkç BMuGaccuHsMrugKña
settled and opposing parties cannot proceed in nigBMuGacQaneTAmux)an enAkñúgdMeNIrkaredaH
the resolution process. RsaybBaðaTMnas;Kña .
debate karCECkEvkEjk
see also: dialogue sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsnÞna
A formal argument or discussion of an issue karCECktv:aedaycMh enAelIerOgGVImYy eday
following strict procedures between opposing mannItiviFIc,as;las; rvagvaKµinEdlminRsbKña
speakers, and often ending in a vote. A debate ehIyeRcInEtbBa©b;edaykare)aHeqñat. lT§pl
usually results in a winner and a loser. seRmc eRcInEtmanGñkQñH nigGñkcaj; .
decision karseRmccitþ
decision-making kareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ
see also: collaborative problem-solving, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða
consensus, participatory decision-making, mtiRBmeRBogrYm karseRmccitþedaymankar
problem-solving cUlrYm karedaHRsaybBaða
The process of thinking about an issue and dMeNIrkarBicarNaelIbBaðaGVImYy kñúgkarQan
making a choice or judgement about what eTArkkarvinicä½y b¤CMerIsNamYy edIm,IeFVI
action to take. There are many decision- skmµPaB . manynþkareRcInNas;kñúgkareFVI
making processes, with different rules and esckþIseRmccitþ ehIyynþkarnImYy²manc,ab;
structures and varying degrees of Tmøab; nigrcnasm<½n§epSg²Kña nigmankRmit
participation or dialogue. xus²KñakñúgkarcUlrYm nigkñúgkarBiPakSaKña .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 47 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
deep-rooted conflict TMnas;cak;b£ssµúKsµaj
see also: conflict, protracted social conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;
A conflict that is not based on negotiable TMnas;sgÁmyUrGEgVg
interests and positions, but on deep CaTMnas;EdlBMEu mnepþatenAelIplRbeyaCn_ b¤ChM r
underlying needs that cannot be EdlGaccrcaKña)anenaHeT b:uEnþepþatelItMrUvkard¾
compromised. Such conflict can occur in any RCaleRCAEdlBMGu acsMruHsMrlY )an . TMnas;EbbenH
relationship where equality, access and basic GacekItmaneLIgenAkñúgRKb;TMnak;TMng enAeBl
needs relating to identity and participation are EdlsmPaB kar)anTTYl nigtMrvU karCamUldæan
frustrated. The most conspicuous are violent EdlCab;Tak;Tni nwgbBaðaGtþsBaØaN nigkarcUlrYm
conflicts between communities or nations RtUv)aneKraraMgxÞb; . ]TahrN_EdlelceFøaCageK
over preservation of culture and values. KWTnM as;hgi SarvagshKmn_ b¤sBa¢atienAelIkar
EfrkSavb,Fm’ nigtémøslI Fm’ .
de-escalation karbnßyPaBraldalénTMnas;
see also: escalation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karrIkraldalénTMnas;
A decrease in the intensity of a conflict. The karfycuHkmøaMgenAkñúgTMnas;NamYy . Bakü
opposite of escalation. pÞúyKWkarrIkraldalénTMnas; .
de facto ekIteLIgcMeBaHmuxCak;Esþg
see also: de jure sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tamc,ab;
Something that exists in reality but which GVImYyEdlekItmankñúgkarBitCak;Esþg EtEdl
may not have official status. For example, a GacBMumanlkçN³CapøÚvkar . ]> rdæaPi)almYy
de facto government is one that exercises EdlekIteLIgedayCak;Esþg KWCardæaPi)alEdl
power in a state even though it is not kan;GMNacBitR)akd eTaHbICaBMu)anekIteLIgBI
officially elected or the legally recognised kare)aHeqñattampøÚvkar b¤k¾BMuRtUv)anTTYlsÁal;
government. faCardæaPi)alRsbc,ab;kþI .
de jure tamc,ab;
see also: de facto sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ekIteLIgcMeBaHmuxCak;Esþg
Something that has been recognised or GVImYyEdl)anTTYlsÁal; b¤)ankMNt;eday
determined by law. c,ab; .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 48 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
de-humanisation karbenßaktémøCamnusS
The psychological process of making an viFIcitþsa®sþEdleFVI[PaKI b¤RkumRbqaMgman
opponent or group seem less than human and sPaBefakTabminEmnCamnusS dUecñHBMucaM)ac;
hence not worthy of humane treatment. ykcitþTukdak;kñúgsPaBCamnusSeLIy .
delegate epÞrGMNac b¤ epÞrParkic©/ GñkTTYlsiT§i¼GMNac
a. To assign part of your power or work to k> karRbKl;GMNac b¤kic©karxøHeTAdl;GñkNa
someone in a position lower than yours. mñak;EdlmantYnaTITabCag .
b. Someone who has been chosen to represent x> nrNamñak;EdlRtUv)aneRCIserIseGayeFVICa
a group. tMNagRkumNamYy .
delimitation karkMNt;RBMEdn
see also: demarcation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karkMNt;ExSbnÞat;
The precise determination of a limit or karkMNt;RBMEdnc,as;las;Cak;Esþg EdleFVI
boundary, especially the frontier of a territory. eT,IgtamnItiviFI edayKN³kmµkarkMnt;RBMEdn .
delusion esckþIPan;PaMg
see moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ emah³
demarcation karkMNt;ExSbnÞat;
see also: delimitation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karkMNt;RBMEdn
Marking the boundary or limits of something. ExSbnÞat;EdlbegáIteT,Ig edIm,IkMNt;RBMEdn b¤
A dividing line, especially between one area kMritGVImYy/ ExSEdlx½NÐrvagTwkdIBIr .
of land and another.

demobilisation karrMsay

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 49 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
democracy RbCaFibetyü
A system of government in which power KWCaRbB½n§rdæaPi)almYy edaykñúgenHGMNacsßit
resides in the people and is exercised by them enAkñúgédrbs; RbCaBlrdæEdlGacGnuvtþva
either directly or through elected edaypÞal; b¤tamry³GñktMNagEdlCab;eqñat.
representatives. A form of society that favours KWCasgÁmEdlniymrbbBhubkS nigykcitþTuk
pluralism and tolerance of minority views. dak;dl; KMnitrbs;mnusSPaKtic .
denial karbdiesF
deputation muxgar b¤ RkumGñktMNag
see also: delegate sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RbtiPUGMNac/ RbKl;
A group of people who are sent to talk to mnusSmYyRkum EdlRtUv)anbBa¢ÚneTACatMNag
someone in authority, as representatives of a énRkumFM edIm,IniyayCamYyGñkNamñak;kñúgrdæ
larger group. GMNac .
development karGPivDÆn_
The process of socio-economic change in a dMeNIrkarénkarpøas;bþÚrxagesdækic©-sgÁmkic©
country or society. enAkñúgsgÁm b¤RbeTsNamYy .
dhammayietra FmµyaRta
Dhammayietra is a Khmer-Pali term, usually KWCaBaküExµr )alI EdlERbeTACaPasaGg;eKøs
translated as “peace walk” in English. The fa{dMeNIrsnþiPaB}. BaküenHmanRbCaRbiyPaB
term became popular in Cambodia through enAeBlEdlRBHmhaeXasnnþ )andwknaMdMeNIr
the annual long-distance peace walks lead by snþiPaBBImYyqñaMeTAmYyqñaM edaymankarcUlrYm
Samdech Preah Maha Ghosananda and joined BIsMNak;RBHsgÇ/ dUnCI nigRbCaBlrdæCaeRcIn
by many hundreds of Buddhist monks, nuns rynak; . dMeNIrkarenH cab;epþImBIqñaM1992
and laypeople. Beginning in 1992 with a walk edaymankarcUlrYmBIGñkmatuPUminivtþn_ mkBICMrM
that brought large numbers of returnees from

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 50 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
the Thai border camps, the dhammayietras enAtamRBMEdnExµr-éf nig)anqøgkat;tMbn;
walked through areas of conflict and GsnþisuxCaeRcIn kñúgTsvtSr_1990 edIm,IpSBV
insecurity within Cambodia throughout the pSaynUvsemøgsnþiPaB nigkarpSHpSa .
1990s, spreading messages of peace and
reconciliation.

diagnosis eraKvinicä½y
dialogue karsnÞna
see also: debate sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karCECkEvkEjk
Dialogue is a process of talking together to CadMeNIrkarBiPakSaKñaedaycMh nigminRbqaMgKña
share and learn about other’s beliefs, feelings, edIm,IEckrMElk nigEsVgyl;nvU CMenO menaseBa©tna
interests or needs in a non-adversarial, open plRbeyaCn_ b¤tMrUvkarrbs;mnusSmñak;². pÞúyBI
way. Unlike negotiation, in which the goal is karcrcaEdlEtgmaneKaledAedaHRsayCemøaH
usually to reach a settlement of a dispute, the eKaledAénkarsnÞna KWRKan;EtedIm,IbegáInkar
goal of dialogue is simply to improve yl;KñaeTAvijeTAmk .
understanding.

dilemma eTVeRKaH
A situation in which it is very difficult to sßanPaBEdlkñúgenaHmankarlM)akxøaMg kñúgkar
make a choice between alternatives. Dilemma sMerccitþfaRtUveFVIGVI . karBinitüeLIgvijnUv
framing can be a useful way of reframing sßan PaBeTVeRKaH
different concerns and issues in conflict to KWCaviFImYyd¾l¥sMrab;esIerIBinitüsa
avoid either/or choices, i.e. How can we CafµInUvkþI)armÖ nigbBaðaTaMgLaykñúgTMnas; edIm,I
achieve A and also address concern/issue B? eCosvagCMerIstamEbb RtUvykmYyecalmYy
. ]TahrN_ etIeyIgsMercKMerag k y:agdUcemþc
edayRtUvKitdl;bBaðarbs;KMerag x pgEdr?

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 51 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
diplomacy karTUt
see also: multi-track diplomacy, track two sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tampøÚvTUteRcInRsb
diplomacy Kña/ tampøÚvTUtBIrRsbKña
a. The interaction between nation states, k> TMnak;TMngrvagRbeTsBIr eFVIeLIgedaym®nþI
usually conducted by government officials rdæaPi)alEdlcrcaKñaelI sn§isBaØa neya)ay
who negotiate treaties, trade policies, and other BaNiC¢kmµ nigkic©RBmeRBogGnþrCatiepSgeTot.
international agreements. x> CMnajkñúgkarcat;Ecgkic©kar nigkarcrca
b. Skill in handling affairs and negotiations edayeFVImin[mankarRbQmmuxdak;Kña .
without arousing hostility.
diplomat GñkkarTUt
see also: diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUt
A person who practices diplomacy. mnusSEdleFVIkargarxagkarTUt .
diplomatic negotiation karcrcatampøÚvTUt
see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca
International legal means of dispute settlement meFüa)aypøÚvc,ab;GnþrCati kñúgkaredaHRsay
through the development of bi- and multilateral vivaT EdleFVItamry³kic©RBmeRBogeTVPaKI nig
agreements and the drawing up of international BhuPaKI nigkarksagc,ab;GnþrCatiepSg² .
regulations. The concept of the peaceful eKalKMniténkaredaHRsayTMnas;edaysnþiviFI
settlement of disputes through negotiation was tamry³karcrca RtUv)ankMNt;CaRkwtüRkmenA
institutionalised in the 20th Century in various kñúgstvtSr_TI20 tamry³sn§isBaØaGnþrCati
international conventions. epSg² .
diplomatic protection/immunity kic©ðkarBartampøÚvTUt b¤ GP½yÉksiT§itampøÚvTUt
The special status provided to diplomats siT§iBiesspþl;dl;m®nþIkarTUt EdlkarBarBYkeK
which protects them from prosecution in the min[mankarcab;cgenAkñúg RbeTsEdleKeTA
countries where they are working as bMeBjebskkmµkñúgzan³Ca GñktMNagRbeTs
representatives of their own governments. rbs;eK .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 52 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
direct action skmµPaBcM² b¤ edaypÞal;
see also: active nonviolence, nonviolence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/ GhigSa
Direct action is action that is taken to directly KWCaskmµPaBEdleFVIeLIgedaycM² edIm,ITak;
confront or draw attention to an issue. It refers to TajkarykcitþTukdak;eTAelIbBaðaGVImYy . va
actions intended to gain support for the position eRcInEtCaskmµPaBRbmUlkarKaMRT sMrab;PaKI
of one of the parties, rather than to negotiation or NamYy CaCagtamkarcrca b¤tamry³karRbwg
other conflict management efforts. Examples ERbgedIm,IRKb;RKgTMnas; . ]TahrN_ kartva:
include protests, demonstrations, marches, )atukmµ BiFIdEgðk,Ün Bhikar kUdkmµ Rkum)atukr
boycotts, strikes, pickets, etc. Direct action may tUc² .l. skmµPaBcM² GacGhigSa b¤higSa
be nonviolent or violent, depending upon the GaRs½y enAelIGñkerobcM nigGñkcUlrYm .
organisers and participants.

disarmament kardkhUtsBVavuF
see also: arms control, weapons control, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtRtaGavuF/ kar
weapons reduction RtYtBinitüsBaVvuF/ karkat;bnßyeRKOgsBaVvuF
Reduction (complete or limited) of the Cakarkat;bnßy ¬TaMgGs; b¤xøH²¦ nUvcMnYn b¤
number or type of weapons possessed by an RbePTGavuFEdlkgkmøaMg b¤RkumNamYyman .
army or specific group. When this applies to ebIeKGnuvtþeTAelIRbCaBlrdæCaTUeTAenaH eK
the general population, it is usually called eRcInehAfa karkat;bnßyGavuF .
weapons reduction.

discrimination karerIseGIg
The practice of treating a particular group in a CakarRbRBwtiþ eTAelIRkumNamYykñúgsgÁm eday
society in an unfair way, e.g. racial minesµIPaB ]TahrN_dUcCakarerIseGIgBN’
discrimination or sexual discrimination. It can sm,úr/ karerIseGIgpøÚvePT . karerIseGIgGac
occur at an institutional or at an individual ekIteLIg)anenAkñúgsßab½n b¤enAkRmitbuKÁl .
level.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 53 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
disempowerment kardkhUtGMNac
see also: assertive, empowerment, proactive sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ EdleBalGHGag b¤
a. To deprive someone of the power to EdlkarBarCMhry:agxøaMg/ karpþl;GMNac/
control their own life. To diminish someone's epþImKMnitskmµCamun
ability to make choices about their life. k> karraraMgnrNamñak; min[manlT§PaBRKb;RKg
b. The subjective feeling of being unable to CIvitrbs;eKpÞal; . karkat;bnßysmtßPaBnrNa
control one's own life or to make choices for mñak; kñgú kareRCIserIspøvÚ CIvitrbs;xnÜø .
oneself. x> karmanGarmµN_CaTUeTAfa minGacRtYtRtaCIvit
xøÜnÉg b¤minGaceRCIserIssMrab;xøÜnÉg)an .
displacement karpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþ
see also: refugee sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CnePosxøÜn
The act of forcing a group of people to leave the KWCakarbgçMmnusSmYyRkum [cakecjBIkEnøg
area where they normally live. A displaced EdleKFøab;rs;enA . CnCemøós KWCamnusS
person is someone who has been forced to leave EdlRtUvbgçM[cakBIRbeTsxøÜn edaysars®gÁam
their country because of war or other danger. An b¤eRKaHfñak;GVImYy . CnCemøóskñúgRsuk KWCa
internally displaced person (IDP) is someone Gñk EdlRtUvbgçM[cakecjBIpÞHsMEbgrbs;xøÜn
who has been forced to leave their home by edaysarCemøaHsBaVvuF b:uEnþGñkenaHBMu)ancak
armed conflict, but remains within their country. ecjBIRbeTseT .
dispute vivaT¼CemøaH
see also: conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;
A disagreement in which opposing views are karminRBmeRBogKña EdlkñúgenaH mtipÞúyKñaRtUv
strongly held. The term dispute is used for )ankarBary:agxøaMgkøa . kñúgPasaGg;eKøs vivaT
conflicts of an official, legal, or political b¤ CemøaH sMedAdl;karTas;KñaCapøÚvkareTAtam
nature, and usually not involving violence, c,ab; b¤ manlkçN³neya)ay ]TahrN_
e.g. border dispute, land dispute, labour CemøaHRBMEdn/ CemøaHdIFøI/ CemøaHkargar .l.
dispute, etc. The term border conflict would Bakü TMnas;RBMEdn rYmbBa©ÚlKMnit karb:HTgÁicKña
imply physical confrontation or armed

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 54 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflict, while border dispute would be rhUtmankareRbIGavuF . rIÉBakü CemøaHRBMEdn
addressed through diplomatic channels. The eRcInEtRtUveKedaHRsaytampøÚvTUt . PaKIenA
parties in a dispute are sometimes called kñúgCemøaH CYnkaleKehAfa GñkmanCemøaH .
disputants.

dispute resolution karedaHRsayvivaT b¤ CMemøaH


see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkar
resolution, dispute edaHRsayTMnas;/ karedaHRsayvivaT
The process of formally resolving a dispute, dMeNIrkaredaHRsayCemøaHtampøÚvkar eTaHtam
whether through judicial (litigation) or ry³tulakar ¬bNþwgkþI¦ b¤tamRckepSgeTot .
alternative channels. Adjudication, mCÄtþkarbNþwgkþI karsRmuHsRmYl nigkarcrca
arbitration, litigation, mediation and TaMgGs;enH KWCadMeNIrkarénkaredaHRsay
negotiation are all dispute resolution TMnas; .
processes.

domestic violence GMeBIhigSakñúgRKYsar


Violence in the family or home. GMeBIhigSaenAkñúgRKYsar b¤enApÞH .
dominate RKbsgát;
see also: influence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ \T§iBl
a. To have power, control or strong influence k> karmanGMNacRtYtRta b¤\Ti§BlelInrNa
over someone or something. mñak; b¤elIGVImYy .
b. To be the most important feature of x> lkçN³elceFøaenAkñúgrbs;GVImYy .
something.
dosa (hate) eTas³ ¬esckþIs¥b;ex<Im¦
see also: akusalā mūlā, lobha (greed), moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GkuslmUl elaP³
(delusion) ¬esckþIelaPln;¦/ emah³ ¬esckþIPan;PaMg/
vegVg¦
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 55 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Hate is a working English translation of the enAkñúgRBHBuT§sasna Bakü eTas³ elaP³ nig
Pali Buddhist term dosa, which together with emah³ KWCa {b£sminl¥TaMgbI} énGMeBI b¤ Gku
greed (lobha) and delusion (moha) forms the slmUl . karGnuvtþn_tamEbbRBHBuT§sasna
three “unwholesome roots” of action or CYy[mankaryl;dwgGMBIb£sminl¥TaMgenaH nig
akusalā mūlā. Buddhist practice encourages GMBIkarbMEbøg[eTACab£sl¥ b¤ kuslmUl vij
awareness of the unwholesome roots and Edlmansb,úrsFm’ ¬GelaP³ b¤Tan¦/ esckþI
their transformation into the three emtþa kruNa ¬GeTas³ b¤emtþa¦ nigkareyaK
“wholesome roots” of generosity (alobha or yl; ¬Gemah³ b¤ bBaØa¦ .
dāna), loving-kindness (adosa or mettā), and
understanding (amoha or paññā).

doughnut tool (onion tool) ]bkrN_dUNat; b¤ ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg


see also: interests, needs, positions sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ plRbeyaCn_
A graphic tool used to analyse the dynamics esckþIRtUvkar nigCMhr
of a conflict and to help parties move beyond Ca]bkrN_rUbPaB sMrab;eRbIR)as;eFVIviPaKGMBI
public positions through understanding basic famBlénTMnas; nigsMrab;CYydl;PaKITaMgGs;
needs and interests. [QanhYsBI CMhrCasaFarN³Edlmñak;²RtUv
Etman edayEsVgyl;[)anc,as;GMBI tMrUvkarCa
mUldæan nigplRbeyaCn_rbs;mañ k;² .

RbeyaCn_
Interests

CMhr tMrUvkar
Positions Needs

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 56 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
elicitive/prescriptive EdlbMpusKMnit b¤ Edldak;bBaØtþi
see also: action learning cycle, problem-posing sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vdþeronsURtBI
approach skmµPaB viFIsa®sþkñúgkarelIkbBaða
The elicitive/prescriptive comparison is used viFIeRbobeFob begáIteLIgedayelak Cnb:Ul
by John Paul Lederach to examine the eLdWra:k; edIm,IBinitüGMBITMnak;TMngrvagRKUbgðat;
relationship between trainer and participant in nigsikçakamenAkñúgsikçasala sþIGMBIkaredaH
conflict resolution workshops, especially RsayTMnas; CaBiesseBlNaEdleKmkBI
when the trainers (or materials) are from a RbPBvb,Fm’epSg²Kña . viFI bMpus[ecjrUbrag
different culture. The elicitive approach [témøeTAelIkarrkeXIj edaymankarcUlrYm
promotes participatory discovery rooted in nigedayEp¥kelItémøvb,Fm’rbs;sikçakamehIy
the cultural knowledge of the trainees and eKyl;fa vIFIenH CaRbPBd¾viessvisalsMrab;
sees this as an important resource for EsVgrkyuT§viFIEdleqøIytbeTAnwgshKmn_rbs;
developing appropriate strategies within their eKpÞal; . viFI dak;bBaØtiþ Ep¥kCasMxan;elIkarepÞr
setting. The prescriptive approach relies CMnajrbs;RKUbgðat; eTAdl;sikçakam . karecH
primarily on transfer of trainer expertise. KYbpSMbBa©ÚlKñanUvviFITaMgBIrenH GacbegáIt)an
Effective training may be a skilful nUvviFIhVwkhat;mYyd¾manRbsiT§iPaB .
combination of the two approaches.
emotions karrMCYlcitþ
Strong feelings such as love, fear, worry, CamenaseBa©tnad¾xøaMgEdlpusecjmk dUcCa
hatred, anger, jealousy or envy. Emotions are esñha karP½yxøac kar)armÖ esckþIs¥b;ex<Im
natural and instinctive as distinguished from kMhwg karRcENn citþcg;eFVI[)andUceK . kar
knowledge, rational thinking and will. rMCYlcitþ manmkBIFmµCati nigsßitkñúgsti
GarmµN_ ehIyvaxusKñaBIcMeNHdwg b¤karKit
edayQrelIehtupl nigqnÞ³ .
empathy (see also: sympathy) karyl;citþ
The ability to identify with and to understand sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ smancitþ
what someone else is experiencing and karecHyl;nUvstiGarmµN_ b¤GVIEdlGñkÉeTot
feeling. )anqøgkat; .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 57 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
empowerment karBRgwgGMNac/ karpþl;siT§iGMNac
see also: disempowerment sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kardkhUtGMNac
Enabling a person or group to have more kareFVI[nrNamñak; b¤mnusSmYyRkum manGMnac
power or to have the legal right to do kan;EteRcIn b¤mansiT§itampøÚvc,ab; edIm,IeFVIGVI
something. It commonly refers to helping an mYy . eKEtgeRbIvaküs½BÞenH enAeBleKCYy
individual or group to have a sense of their nrNamñak; b¤mnusSmYyRkum [yl;BIkmøaMg nig
own value and strengths and the confidence témørbs;xøÜn nigmanCMenOelIxøÜnÉgkñúgkar
to act and to achieve their goals. seRmceKalbMNgrbs;xøÜn .
enemy sRtUv b¤ bc©amitþ
enforce bgÁab;[Rbtibtþi
To impose by threat or force. To make people karbgÁab;edayeRbIkarKMramkMEhg b¤eRbIkmøagM .
obey a rule or law. kareFV[I RbCaBlrdæeKarBnUvbTbBa¢aGVmI yY b¤c,ab; .
escalation karrIkraldal ¬TMnas;¦
see also: de-escalation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kat;bnßyPaBraldal
Escalation is an increase in the intensity of a énTMnas;
conflict. It may involve more confrontational CakarekInkan;EtxøaMgeLIgénTMnas; . vaGacCa
tactics designed to hurt the opponent, an kareRbIyuT§sa®sþRbQm EdlnaM[KUbdibkçkan;
increase in the number of conflictants and the EtxUcxat/ naM[cMnYnPaKICemøaH nigcMnYnbBaða
number and breadth of the issues. kan;EtekIneRcIneLIg .
ethnic conflict TMnas;CatiBn§
see also: identity conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;GtþsBaØaN
Conflict between ethnic groups. Often related CaTMnas;rvagRkumCatiBn§epSg²BIKña . vaeRcIn
to the failure of governing structures to bNþalmkBIkarbraC½yrbs;rdæaPi)al kñúgkar
address fundamental needs, provide space for eqøIytbeTAnwgtRmUvkard¾caM)ac;epSg² b¤bgá
participation in decisions, or ensure an lkçN³[mankarcUlrYmkñúgkarseRmccitþ b¤kar
equitable distribution of resources. EbgEckFnFanFmµCati[)anesµIKña .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 58 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
ethnic nationalism CatiniymCatiBn§
see also: nationalism, civic nationalism, ethnic sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Catiniym/ Catiniym
conflict énBlrdæ
A form of nationalism where the focus of CaKMnitCatiniymmYyEdlGHGagfa GtþsBaØaN
identity is shared inherited ethnic descent. Cati KWepþatelIExSRsLayxagCatiBn§EdlCa
The underlying assumption is that different mrtkrYmbnþmk[kUnecA . KMnitEbbenHbgáb;nUv
ethnic groups should be politically distinct, in karsnµtfa CatiBn§nImYy²KYrEtmanlkçN³
contrast to civic nationalism, which focuses neya)ayepSg²dac;BIKña . KMnitenHpÞúyRsLH
on the loyalty of the individual regardless of BI CatiniyménBlrdæ EdlepþatelIPkþIPaBrbs;
differences in race, gender, language and buKÁlmñak;²cMeBaHRbeTsCati edayminKitBI
ethnicity. PaBxusKñaén Catisasn_ BN’sm,úr ePT Pasa
nig CatiBn§úeT .
ethno-political conflict TMnas;neya)ayCatiBn§
see also: ethnic conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;CatiBn§
Conflict between ethnic groups related to the CaTMnas;rvagCatiBn§ EdlTak;TgeTAnwgkar
redefinition of territory, state formation, or kMNt;RBMRbTl;TwkdI/ karbegáItrdæ b¤karRKb;RKg
control of the state. RbB½n§rdæ .
exclusion karminrab;bBa©Úl b¤ karpat;ecal
The denial of entry, access, or participation. karXat;XaMgmin[cUleTAdl;GVImYy b¤min[cUl
rYmeFVIGVImYy .
exploitation kareqøótykplcMeNj b¤karekjRbv½Ba©
Taking advantage of a person or of a situation kareqøótcMenjelInrNamñak; b¤elIsßankarN_NamYy
in a way that is selfish or abuses others. eday KitEtRbeyaCn_pÞal; b¤rMelaPelIGñkdéT .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 59 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
face/face-saving muxmat; b¤ karrkSamuxmat;
see also: projection sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karqøúHbBa©aMg
Face refers to a person’s image, both to muxmat; sMedAdl;rUbPaBcMhrbs;nrNamñak;
oneself and to others. If you lose face, it means EdlemIleXIjedayxønÜ Ég nigemIleXIjeday
that other people lose their respect for you. A GñkÉeTot . ebIGñk)ak;mux KW)anesckþIfa Gñk
face-saving approach to conflict management ÉeTotnwgElgeKarBGñk . viFIeFVImin[)ak;mux
is one that does not damage the image of either enAkñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; KWCaviFImYyEbbEdl
party, which in turn increases the likelihood of mineFVI[rUbPaBPaKINamYymankarxUcxat nig
reaching a negotiated settlement. EdlGaceFVI[mankic©RBmeRBogkan;Etqab; .
facilitate sRmbsRmYl
see facilitation sUmemIlBakü³ karsRmbsRmYl
facilitation karsRmbsRmYl
see also: mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sRmuHsRmYl
A process in which a third party helps CadMeNIrkarmYyEdlPaKITIbI CYyGñkÉeTot[
individuals work together as a group, ecHeFVIkarCamYyKñaCaRkum CaBiesscUlrYmkñúg
especially in participatory decision-making. kareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ . GñksMrbsMrYlTTYl
A facilitator is responsible for group process xusRtUvGMBIrebobrbbdMeNIrkarbs;Rkum ¬]> etI
– i.e. how the decisions are made – but RtUveFVIkarsMerccitþdUcemþc¦ b:uEnþGñkenaHRtUvenA
remains neutral as to outcome. Through GBüaRkwt minRtUvman\Ti§BleTAelIlT§pl
helping participants set ground rules and bBa©b;eT . tamry³karCYyPaKITaMgGs;[erob
agendas, and enforcing these, the meeting will cMnUvbTb,BaØtiþ nigrebobvar³énkic©RbCMu nig
be more focused and work towards their karGnuvtþn_nUvGVIEdl)ansMercrYm eKnwgeFVI[kar
mutual goals. A person who conducts RbCMuBMuEbkecjBIGVIEdlRtUvBiPakSa nigCYyeFVI[
facilitation is called a facilitator. QaneTArkeKaledArYm . GñkEdleFVIkarsRmb
sRmYleKehAfa GñksRmbsRmYl .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 60 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
kMNt;cMNaM³ manGñkxøHyl;fa hak;dUcCaKµan
karxusKñaGVIeTrvagBakü {sRmbsRmYl} nig
Bakü {sRmuHsRmYl} . tamBiteyIgyl;fa
{sRmbsRmYl} Edlbkfa facilitation mann½y
TUlMTUlayCag {sRmuHsRmYl} EdleRcIneRbIenA
eBlNamanCemøaHb¤TnM as; . rIÉ {sRmbsRmYl}
vij eTaHbIKaµ nTMnas;ke¾ KGaceRbI)anEdr .
facilitator GñksRmbsRmYl
see facilitation sUmemIlBakü³ karsRmbsRmYl
fact karBit
Something is a fact if it is known for certain KWGVIEdlRtUv)aneKdwgB¤RKb;Kñafa )anekIteLIg
to have occurred or to be true. BitR)akdEmn .
fact-based dispute CemøaHelIkarBit
see also: interest-based problem-solving sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karedaHRsaybBaða
A dispute that arises from misunderstandings or edayQrelIplRbeyaCn_
rumours, or from differing perceptions or CemøaHekItBIkaryl;RcLMBBI aküccamGara:mBIkar
judgements about a situation. mansBaØaxn§ b¤karvinicä½yxus²KñaelIGVImYy .
fact-finding karEsVgrkkarBit
An investigation conducted by a neutral third karesIubGegát eFVIedayPaKITI3EdlGBüaRkwt
party to find out facts and information about edIm,IEsVgrkkarBitnigBt’manGMBIGVImYy . kñúg
something. In a conflict situation, it may sßankarN_mYyEdlmanTMnas; eKGacEvkrk[
uncover the causes of the dispute, the truth or eXIjnUvbJsKl;énCemøaH rkeXIjkarBit b¤PaB
falsehood of accusations, etc. Joint fact- minBiténkarecaTRbkan; .l. karcUlrYmEsVg
finding is a process in which two or more rkkarBit KWCaynþkarmYyEdlsmaCikPaKITM
conflictants work together to clarify disputed nas; 2nak; b¤eRcInCagenH eFVIkarCamYyKña edIm,I
facts. bMPøWnUvkarBitEdlmñak;²)anGHGagerog²xøÜn .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 61 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
failed state rdæEdlmanRbB½n§mindMeNIrkar
A failed state is a country in which there is an KWCardæmYyEdlRbB½n§rdæaPi)al )anRtUvregÁaHregÁI
internal breakdown of effective government RBmCamYynwgRbB½n§tulakar EdlCaehtunaM[
and administration of justice, with resulting Elgmanc,ab; nigreboberobry .
collapse of law and order.
fairness Ktiyutiþ
The quality of honesty, impartiality, and KWCaKuNsm,tiþ edayrab;bBa©ÚlTaMgPaBesµaHRtg;
justice. Treating everyone equally. PaBminlMeGog PaBmanyutþiFm’ nigkarykcitþTuk
dak;CamYyGñkdéTedayesµIPaBKña .
feedback karpþl;Bt’manRtLb;
see also: constructive criticism, criticism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTietonsßabna/
Advice or criticism about how successful or karTieton
useful something is, especially to someone KWCakarpþl;eyabl; b¤karTietonelIPaBeCaK
who is unaware of the way their behaviour C½y b¤PaBmanRbeyaCn_énGVImYy CaBiess
affects other people. It can be constructive cMeBaHbuKÁlNamñak; EdlBMu)andwgxøÜnfaetI
(positive) or negative. Gakb,kiriyarbs;xøÜn )anb:HBal;eTAdl;GñkdéT
dUcemþcxøH . karpþl;Bt’manRtLb;Gacman
lkçN³CaviC¢man b¤GviC¢man .
fight-flee (fight-flight) RbQmmux - rt;eKc
To fight or to flee (run away) are instinctual, karRbQmmux b¤rt;eKc KWCaRbtikmµBIFmµCati
habitual reactions to conflict or stress which CasPavKti b¤CaTMlab; cMeBaHTMnas; b¤ cMeBaH
need to be understood in order to develop sMBaFGarmµN_enAeBlCYbeRKaHfñak; . eKRtUv
alternative responses through learning skilful yl;[)anc,as;BIRbtikmµenH edIm,IriHrknUvCMerIs
ways to express ourselves. epSg² kñúgkareqøIytbeTAnwgsßankarN_GVImYy
edaysikSaGMBIviFId¾buinRbsb; kñúgkarBnül;[
GñkÉeTotyl;GMBIxøÜneyIg .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 62 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
force-field analysis karviPaKkmøaMg b¤ GMNac
A tool for analysing positive and negative ¬énPaKIenAkñúgTMnas;¦
forces or influences and assessing their ]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKkmøaMgCaviC¢man nigGviC¢man
relative impacts in a conflict situation. edIm,IvaytémønUv\Ti§Blrbs;va kñúgsßankarN_
manTMnas; .
forgiveness karGt;eTas
framework eRKag b¤ TRmg;kar b¤ Rkbx½NÐ
A basic set of information or facts used as a CaBt’man b¤karBitmYycMnYnCamUldæanEdleK
structure or outline for developing more eRbICarcnasm<½n§ b¤CaeRKagq¥wg¼TMrg;eRkA edIm,I
complex ideas, analysis, discussion, etc. bMpus KMnit karviPaK karCECkBiPakSaKña .l.
Geneva Conventions GnusBaØaRkughSWENv
see also: war crimes sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]Rkidækmµs®gÁam
International treaties for the protection of Casn§isBaØaGnþrCati edIm,IkarBarCnrgeRKaH
victims of war. The first Geneva Convention, edaysars®gÁam . GnusBaØaRkughSWENvelIk
covering the treatment of battlefield TI1 sþIBIkarse®gÁaHenATIlanRbyuT§ )anGnum½t
casualties, was adopted in 1864 as part of the enAqñaM1864 CaEpñkmYyénkarksagKN³kmµa
founding of the International Committee of Fikarkak)aTRkhmGnþrCati (ICRC) . GnusBaØa
the Red Cross (ICRC). Others were added epSg²eTot)anRtUvbEnßm ¬s®gÁamenAsmuRT/
(on war at sea, prisoners of war, and civilians GñkeTass®gÁam/ CnsIuvilenAkñúgs®gÁam¦
in war) and a revised set of four conventions ehIyGtßbTEksMrYlénGnusBaØaTaMgbYn )aneFVI
was ratified in 1949. Later provisions were sc©anumtienAqñaM1949 . GtßbTeRkay²eTot
added prohibiting certain methods of warfare )anRtUvbEnßm sþIBIkarhamXat;viFIeFVIcM)aMgmYy
and addressing issues in civil wars. Nearly cMnYn nigkaredaHRsaybBaðananaenAkñúgs®gÁam
200 countries have ratified these conventions. sIuvil . RbeTsCit200 )aneFVIsc©anumtielIGnu
sBaØaTaMgenH .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 63 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
genocide karsmøab;rgÁal
The deliberate extermination of a racial, karsmøab;edayectna RbRBwteþ TAelImnusSmYyRkum
political, or cultural group. edaysarehtuplCatisasn_ neya)ayb¤vb,Fm’ .
goal eKaledA
The desired end or result that a person or a KWCalT§plcugbBa©b; EdlmnusSmñak; b¤KeRmag
project seeks to achieve. NamYy cg;eFVI[)anseRmc .
go-between GñkGaCJakNþal b¤ emGeNþIk
see also: shuttle diplomacy, shuttle mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ dMeNIrkarpøÚvTUtRtLb;
cuHeLIg/ karsRmuHsRmYlRtLb;cuHeLIgeTAvij
eTAmkTaMgsgxag
A third party who sees each disputant CaPaKITIbIEdlCYb PaKICemøaHnimYy²dac;BIKña
separately and facilitates communication ehIyCYysRmYlTMnak;TMngrvagBYkeK .
between them.
greed esckþIelaPln;
see lobha sUmemIlBakü³ elaP³
grievance karEføgTukç
A complaint made about unfair treatment. kartva:sBIþ GI eM BIGyutFiþ m’Edl)anTTYlknøgmk .
groundrules c,ab; b¤ vin½yCamUldæan
Basic rules or principles agreed upon to guide bTb,BaØtþi b¤eKalkarN_CamUldæan Edl)anRBm
behaviour (in group work, negotiation, etc.). eRBogKñakñúgkardwknaMkargarCaRkum/ karcrca .l.
hate esckþIs¥b;ex<Im
see dosa sUmemIlBakü³ eTas³

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 64 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
hierarchy zananuRkm
A system within an organisation or society CaRbB½n§enAkñúgGgÁkar b¤sgÁmmYy EdlmnusS
where people have authority and control over mYycMnYnmanGMNacRKb;RKgeTAelIGñkÉeTot BI
those ranking below them from level to level. mYyfñak;eTAmYyfñak;eTot .
hidden agenda erOgr:avlak;kM)aMg
a. An objective or goal that is not disclosed. k> CaeKaledAEdlBMubeBa©j[eKdwg .
b. A hidden motive or reason behind the x> ehtuplBit ehIysm¶at; Edllak;enABI
apparent purpose of an action or statement. eRkayehtuplcMhenAkñúgskmµPaB b¤esckþI
EføgNamYy .
holocaust haynPaB
Large-scale destruction and death. The mass karbMpøaj b¤karsmøab;manRTg;RTayFM . eKeRbI
killing of Jews and others by the Nazis before pgEdr cMeBaHkarsmøab;CnCatiCVIhV nigCnCati
and during the Second World War. epSgeTotedayBYkNahSI enAmun nigkñúgGMLúg
s®gÁamelakelIkTIBIr .
hostage cMNab;xµaMg
A prisoner taken by one party in a conflict GñkEdlRtUvcab;xøÜnedayPaKImYykñúgTMnas; kñúg
situation in order to put pressure on another eKalbMNgbgçM[PaKImYyeTot eFVItamGVIEdl
party to give in to their demands by xøÜncg;)an edayKMrameFVI[manrbYs b¤smøab;
threatening to injure or kill that person. GñkRtUvcab;xøÜnenaH .
hostility karRbTUsra:y
house arrest karXMuXaMgenAkñúgpÞHrbs;xøÜn
A measure imposed by the government to viFankarGnuvtþedayrdæaPi)al edIm,IbgçaMgGñk
keep someone inside his or her house, Namñak;[enAkñúgpÞHrbs;GñkenaHpÞal; edaykMrit
limiting freedom of movement and esrIPaBkñúgkareFVIdMeNIr nigkñúgkarRbCMuKña .
association.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 65 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
human needs theory RTwsþIéntRmUvkarrbs;mnusS
see also: needs, theories of conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tRmUvkar
Building on the work of psychologist RTwsþIénTMnas;
Abraham Maslow, conflict theorists have edaysikSatamkarrkeXIjrbs;citþviTU GaR)aham
suggested that most deep-rooted and m:asLÚv/ BYkGñkRTwsþIviTUénTMnas; maneyabl;
protracted conflicts are caused by unmet or fa TMnas;Edl)ancak;b£seRCA nigmanCIvityUr
frustrated basic human needs such as GEgVg KWbNþalBIkarxkcitþxøaMg b¤karBMu)ansmdUc
security, identity, recognition, participation, bMNgnUvtMrUvkarcaM)ac;rbs;mnusSCati dUcCa
or autonomy. They argue that many apparent snþisux GtþsBaØaN karTTYlsÁal; karcUlrYm
interest-based conflicts are in fact needs- b¤sV½yPaB . GñkviTUTaMgenaHelIkfa TMnas;Edl
based, and therefore cannot be negotiated. emIlmYyEPøtfabNþal mkBIplRbeyaCn_tam
The goal of the human needs theory approach karBit KWCatMrUvkarCamUldæanEdlBMuGaccrcaKña
to resolving conflict is to help parties reach )an . dUecñH karedaHRsayTMnas;tamRTwséIþ n
an agreement that meets the basic human tMrUvkarrbs;mnusS KWeFVIy:agNaCYyPaKInana[
needs of all sides. Qandl;karRBmeRBogmYy EdlrYmbBa©ÚlnUvtMrUv
karCamUldæanrbs;PaKITaMgGs; .
human rights siT§imnusS
Human rights refers to efforts to establish a KWsMedAdl;karRbwgERbgerobcMnvU témørmY mYycMnnY
common set of values and measures for social nigviFankar[manyutþiFm’sgÁmsMrab;mnusSTUeTA
justice for all people, regardless of culture or edayminKitdl;vb,Fm’ b¤bribTxusKña . siT§i
context. These rights were adopted by the TaMgenH )anGnum½tedayGgÁkarshRbCaCatiqñaM
United Nations in 1948 in the Universal 1948 kñúgkarRbkasCasaklnUvsiT§imnusS .
Declaration of Human Rights, and were esckþIRbkasenH )anRtUveKBRgIk[kan;EtTUlM
further defined and given legal form in 1966 TUlay nigmanlkçN³Cac,ab;enAqñaM1966 enA
in the International Covenants on Civil and kñúgktikasBaØaGnþrCatielIsiT§isIuvil nigneya
Political Rights and on Economic, Social and )ay nigelIsiT§iesdækic© sgÁmkic© nigvb,Fm’ .
Cultural Rights.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 66 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
human security snþisuxmnusS
The concept of human security has been TsSnaTanénsnþisuxmnusS RtUv)anEklMGtaMgBI
developed since the year 2000 by the UN qñaM2000 eday KN³kmµkarshRbCaCatisþIBI
Commission on Human Security. It snþisuxmnusS . vabMeBjbEnßmdl;TsSnaTan
complements traditional notions of state énsnþisuxrbs;rdæ EdleKFøab;EtepþateTAelIkñúg
security by focusing on individuals and eBlknøgmk . TsSnaTanfµIenHepþatelIbuKÁl
communities rather than the state. nigshKmn_nanaCaCagelIrdæ . karTTYlsÁal;
Recognising that poverty and conflict are faPaBRkIRk nigTMnas; manTMnak;TMngKñay:agCit
interconnected, it brings together the human dit )annaM[eKbBa©ÚlktþamnusSeTAkñúgbBaðarYm
elements of security, rights, good governance, EdlTak;TgeTAnwg snþisux siT§imnusS GPi)al
and development to provide a more integrated kic©l¥ nigkarGPivDÆn_/ edIm,ImanviFIsa®sþkan;Et
approach to peacebuilding. )anRKb;RCugeRCayl¥sMrab;karksagsnþiPaB .
humanitarian action skmµPaBmnusSFm’
Activities in times of war and political crises CaskmµPaBkñgú eBls®gÁam b¤manvibtinþ eya)ay
seeking to relieve the suffering and protect edIm,ICYysRmalnUvTukçevTnarbs;CnrgeRKaH nig
the human rights of innocent civilians. edIm,IkarBarsiTr§i bs;RbCaBlrdæstÚø Rtg; .
humanitarian emergency CMnYymnusSFm’eBlmanGasnñ
A situation in which large numbers of CasßankarN_mYy EdlCIvitrbs;BlrdæsIuvil
civilians find themselves in a life-threatening mYycMnYnFMsißtenAkñúgeRKaHfñak; bNþalmkBI
situation, as a result of war, famine, isolation, s®gÁam TurÖikS PaBRtUvkat;pþac;BIeKÉg eRKaH
natural disaster, human rights abuse, etc. and FmµCati b¤RtUveKrMelaPsiT§i .l. BlrdæTaMg
urgently require international humanitarian enaHRtUvkarCabnÞan;nUvkarse®gÁaH nigkarkarBar
assistance and protection. BIshKmn_GnþrCati .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 67 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

‘I’ statement karEføgedayykxøÜnÉgCa]TahrN_


see also: communication skills or tools sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTBekaslü
A communications skill in which the speaker CMnajkñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg b¤
conveys how they feel about a particular meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
behaviour or situation without blaming the KWCaPaBbuinRbsb;kñúgkareFVITMnak;TMng EdlvaKµin
other person. This may also include what R)ab;eTAGñkÉeTot GMBImenaseBa©tnarbs;xøÜncM
change they would like to see – but without eBaHGakb,kiryi ab¤saß nkarN_NamYyedayeCos
directly telling the other person what they vagBMubenÞasGñkdéT . kñúgenHGacmankarni
should do. Good ‘I’ statements are non- yayBIGVIEdleKcg;eXIjekIteLIgedayBMucaM)ac;
threatening and improve communication by R)ab;Rtg;²eTAmñak;eTotfaetIRtUveFVIy:agNa .
helping to avoid defensive reactions in the karGnuvtþviFIenH)anl¥ eFVI[TMnak;TMng)anRb
listener. esIredayKµankarKMramkMEhg nigeCosvag)an
nUvRbtikmµkarBarxøÜnBIGñksþab; .
identity GtþsBaØaN
see also: identity conflict, identity group sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;BIbBaðaGtþ
The way people see themselves - the groups sBaØaN/ GtþsBaØaNRbcaMRkum
they feel a part of and the significant aspects CalkçN³BiessEdlmnusSmña emIleXIjBIxøÜn
of themselves that they use to describe Ég ¬KWlkçN³énRkummYyEdlBYkeKKitfaxøÜneK
themselves to others - whether personal or CacMEnkmYy nigEdlBYkeKEtgBiBN’naBIxøÜnÉg
collective. R)ab;GñkdéT¦ eTaHCapÞal;xøÜn b¤CaRkumk¾eday.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 68 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
identity conflict TMnas;BIbBaðaGtþsBaØaN
see also: ethnic conflict, identity, identity group sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;CatiBn§
Conflict between identity groups, often GtþsBaØaN GtþsBaØaNRbcaMRkum
rooted in unresolved past loss or suffering. TMnas;rvagRkummnusSmanGtþsBaØaNxusKñaEdl
Identity conflicts develop when a person or CaerOy²manbJsKl;enAkñúgkarxatbg;¼karQW
group feels that their sense of self is cab;BImunEdlBMuTan;)anedaHRsay. TMnas;Ebb
threatened or denied legitimacy or respect. enHekIteLIgenAeBlEdleKmanGarmµN_fa Gtþ
Religious, ethnic, and racial conflicts are sBaØaN)anTTYlkarKMramkMEhg nigBMuRtUv)an
examples of identity conflicts. eKeKarB . TMnas;EbbenHmanCaGaT׳ bBaða
sasna CatiBn§ nigkarRbkan;BUCsasn_ .
identity group GtþsBaØaNRkum
A group with which a person feels a sense of CaRkummYy EdlsmaCikmanGarmµN_fa xøÜneK
belonging, defined by such factors as cgP¢ab;eTAnwgRkumenaH tamry³ktþamYycMnYndUc
ethnicity, race, religion, language, etc. and in Ca CatiBn§ BUCsasn_ sasna Pasa .l.
which the individuals place an emotional or smaCikRkum EtgEtmanmenaseBa©tnad¾RCal
value significance. eRCAsMrab;Rkum nigTTYlsÁal;nUvtémørbs;va .
ideology menaKmn_viC¢a
A strongly held system of ideas or way of karRbkan;x¢ab;nUvKMnit b¤rebobrbbkñúgkarKit
thinking used as a basis to justify behaviour. BicarNa sMrab;eFVICamUldæan kñúgkarRbkan;
A set of ideas upon which a political or \riyabf . TsSn³mYycMnYnEdleKeRbIsMrab;
economic system is based. An ideology is erobcMRbB½n§neya)ay b¤esdækic© . kñúgkarCH
more significant in influencing behaviour \T§iBlelIGakb,kiriya menaKmviC¢amankMlaMg
than common sense or evidence from xøaMgCagsuPnicä½y b¤PaBCak;EsþgNamYyEdl
surrounding events. ekItecjBIRBwtþikarN_CMuvijxøÜneyIg.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 69 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
imbalance GtulüPaB
see also: power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GMNac
A lack of balance. In conflict, a situation in karxVHtulüPaB . enAkñúgTMnas; KWCasßankarN_
which one side over-powers the other so that mYy EdlmanPaKINamYymanGMNacxøaMgelIs
negotiations are either unlikely or unfair. PaKImYyeTot rhUtTal;Etkarcrca BMuGaceFVI
eLIg)an b¤BMumanPaByutþiFm’ .
impartiality PaBminlMeGog
see also: insider partial, neutrality sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mnusSTukcitþkñúg
This refers to the attitude of a third party PaKICemøaHNamYy/ GBüaRkwtPaB
intervening in a conflict. An impartial third KWsMedAdl;\riyabfrbs;PaKITI3 enAeBleFVIGnþ
party will try not to take sides for or against raKmn_kñúgTMnas; . PaKITI3EdlminlMeGog nwg
either party and will apply the same standards BüayamenACaGBüaRkwtminkan;eCIgxagNaTaMg
to both sides. Impartiality is often expected or Gs; ehIyGnuvtþtammaRtdæandUc²KñacMeBaHPaKI
required for a third party to be accepted by TMnas;TaMgBIr . PaKITMnas;KñasgÇwmfa b¤tMrUv[
both sides in a conflict. PaKITI3 Rbkan;nUvGBüaRkwtPaB\tel¥óg .
impunity niTNÐPaB b¤ PaBrYceTas
see also: culture of impunity sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vb,Fm’rYceTas
The ability to use one's position or status to karGaceRbIR)as;tYnaTI b¤muxtMENgrbs;GñkNa
avoid punishment for illegal acts or abuse of mñak; edIm,IeKcevsBIkardak;eTasEdlekIteLIg
other's rights. edayGMeBIxusc,ab; b¤edaykarbMBaneTAelIsiT§i
GñkdéT .
in absentia Gvtþman b¤ kM)aMgmux
In someone’s absence. For example, when eBlEdlGñkNamYyBMumanmuxkñúgkarCMnuMCMrH b¤
someone is not at a court or an official k¾kñúgkic©RbCuMpøÚvkar EdlmankarsMercTak;Tg
meeting where a decision is made about dl;GñkenaH .
them.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 70 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
inclusion/inclusive karrab;bBa©Úl b¤ rYmbBa©Úl
see also: exclusion sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karminrab;bBa©Úl
The act of including someone in an activity or TegVIEdlbBa©ÚlnrNamñak;eTAkñúgskmµPaB b¤
process. A process is inclusive if it includes ynþkarNamYy . ynþkarmYyEdlmanlkçN³
all parties. rYmbBa©Úl KWCaynþkarEdlmankarcUlrYmBIRKb;
PaKI .
incompatible vismit b¤ EdlcUlKñamincuH b¤ mincuHsRmug b¤
see also: compatibility square minsIuKña
Two things are incompatible when their sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kaer:cuHsRmug
coexistence adversely affects each other, i.e. rbs;GVIBIrEdlmincuHsRmugKña enAeBlNaEdl
produces conflict. The compatibility square is karrYmrs;CamYyKña bgá[mankarlM)akTaMgsg
a tool for analysing conflict by focusing on xag dUcCa begáIt[manTMnas;CaedIm . kaer:cuH
the goals and behaviour of each party. sRmug KWCa]bkrN_m:üag sMrab;viPaKTMnas;
Different combinations of incompatible goals edayepþateTAelIeKaledA nigGakb,kiriyarbs;
or behaviour may condition latent conflict, PaKImçag² . viFIepSg²kñúgkarpÁMúnUveKaledA b¤
surface conflict or open conflict. Gakb,kiriya EdlmincuHsRmugKña Gacnwgbgá
lkçN³EdlbegáItnUv TMnas;bgáb; TMnas;xageRkA
nigTMnas;cMhEtmþg .
individual dispute vivaTbuKÁl
see also: collective dispute, rights dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTrYm/ vivaTGMBIsiT§i
A labour dispute involving one employer and CavivaTkargarmYy EdlBak;B½n§dl;neyaCkmñak;
one or more individual employees acting as nigkmµkrmñak; b¤eRcInnak;EdleFVIskmµPaBkñúg
individuals. The Cambodian Labour Law lkçN³CabuKÁl . c,ab;sþIGMBIkargarenARbeTs
only recognises individual disputes related to km<úCa TTYlsÁal;Et vivaTbuKÁlEdlTak;Tgnwg
existing rights (rights disputes). siT§ibc©úb,nñ ¬vivaTGMBIsiT§i¦ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 71 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

inducement karTak;TajTwkcitþ
Something which influences a person’s KWCaGVIEdlCH\T§iBleTAelIGñkNamñak; kñúgkar
decision to do something. It can be a factor eFVIesckþIseRmccitþGVImYy . vaGacCaktþaEdl
inherent in the situation or something manenAkñúgsßankarN_enaHEtmþg b¤GVImYyEdleK
intentionally offered such as money, goods or pþl;[edayectna dUcCa luykak; rbs;rbr b¤
services. esva .
inevitable BMuGaceCos)an
inflammatory EdlbeBaäHGucGal
A statement or action is inflammatory if it is sMdIb¤skmµPaBEdlcat;TukfabeBaäHGucGalenA
likely to make people angry. eBlNaEdlvaGaceFVI[mnusSxwgRceLat)an.
influence CH\Ti§BlelI b¤ man\T§iBlelI
see also: spheres of influence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rgVg;\T§iBl
The ability to change the way a situation smtßPaBeFV[I mankarpøas;brÚþ dl;karvivtþn_
develops or to affect the way a person acts or sßankarN_NamYy b¤manplb:HBal;eTAelI
thinks, without using direct force or skmµPaB b¤karKitBicarNarbs;GñkNamñak;
commands. edayBMucaM)ac;bBa¢a b¤eRbIkmøaMgedaycMeBaH .
infrastructure ehdæarcnasm<½n§
The foundation or basic structure required in KWCaRKwH b¤rcnasm<½n§CamUldæan EdlRtUvEtman
order to do something. The basic systems and edIm,IeFVIGVImYy . RbB½n§CamUldæan b¤rcnasm½<n§
structures that a country or organisation needs EdlRbeTsb¤GgÁkarNamYy RtUvkaredIm,IdMeNIr
in order to function, e.g. roads, water, kar dUcCa pøÚvfñl; RbB½n§Twk TUrKmnaKmn_
communications, power, etc. GKÁIsnI .l.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 72 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
initiative karpþÜcepþImKMnit
a. The ability to make decisions and take k> karGaceFVIesckþIseRmccitþ b¤eFVIskmµPaB
action without waiting for direction or edayBMucaM)ac;manbBa¢a b¤karENnaMBIGñkNamñak;
instruction from another person. eTot .
b. A proposal or an action taken to try to x> sMeNI b¤skmµPaBeFVIeLIg edIm,IBüayamEk
change a situation or improve a relationship ERbsßankarN_b¤EklMGTMnak;TMngGVImYyEdlsßit
that is deadlocked, e.g. a peace initiative. kñúgPaBTal;Rck. ]>karpþÜcepþImKMeragsnþiPaB.
insider partial mnusSTMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag
see also: bias, neutrality, prejudice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ PaBlMeGog/ GBüa
A term developed by John Paul Lederach: in RkwtPaB/ buernicä½y
a negotiation or mediation situation, someone Cavaküs½BÞEdlrkeXIj nigBnül;edayelak
who is connected to one party more than the cnb:Ul lIdWrac_³ kñúgsßankarN_EdltMrUv[man
other, but who is trusted by both parties as karcrca b¤karsMruHsMrYl KWnrNamñak;Edlman
genuinely interested in resolving the conflict PaKImYy)ansÁal;c,as;CagPaKIÉeTot b:uEnþPaKI
fairly. An insider partial usually works as part TaMgBIrTukcitþGñkenaH ehIysMKal;faCaGñkEdl
of a team that both parties perceive to have cg;edaHRsayTMnas;edayyutþiFm’ . tamFmµta
overall balance. Some practitioners argue that mnusSEbbenHeRcIneFVIkarkñúgRkummYy EdlPaKI
negotiation is more effective when an insider TaMgBImanGarmµN_fa mantulüPaBminlMeGog
partial is involved. Previous theories of eTAxagNa. GñkGnuvtþkaredaHRsayTMnas;Evk
intervention argued that the ideal third party Ejkfa karcrcamanRbsiT§PaBCag ebIsinman
was a “neutral” outsider. mnusSEbbenHcUlrYm . RTwsþIBImun²)anEvkEjk
epSgBIenHfa PaKITIbIEdlRbesIrbMput KWGñk
GBüaRkwtEdlenAxageRkACemøaH .
insight karyl;dwgsIuCeRmA

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 73 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
integration karbBa©ÚlKña b¤ smahrNkmµ
see also: reintegration sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karbBa©ÚlsaCafµI
The adding together of separate parts to make karpÁúMEpñkTaMgLayepSg²Kña [eTACarbs;TaMg
a whole. The process of achieving acceptance mUlmYydMu . dMeNIrkarEdlmnusSmYyRkum b¤
and equal membership of different people sgÁmNamYy RBmTTYlykmnusSepSg²Kña[
into a group or society. cUlCasmaCikedayesµIPaBKña .
integrity esckþIsucrit
a. The quality of being honest and k> esckþIeTogRtg; nigkarRbkan;x¢ab;nUveKal
maintaining high moral principles. karN_sIlFm’x<s; .
b. The state of being united and complete or x> sßanPaBEdlnaM[mankarrYbrYmKñaedayeBj
whole. elj nigcUlFøúgKña .
inter- rvag/ Gnþr- ¬CabuBVbT¦
see also: intra- sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GVIEdlenAkñúg
Prefix showing relationships between ideas, CabuBVbTbgðajGMBITMnak;TMngrvagKMnit vtßúnana
things, people, or groups, such as in: inter- mnusS b¤Rkum dUcCa rvagbuKÁl rvagshKmn_
personal; inter-community; inter-cultural; rvagvb,Fm’xusKña rvagRkum rvagtYnaTI .
inter-group; and inter-role.

interaction Gnþrskmµ b¤ karRbsBVKña b¤karCYbKña


A process by which different things have an dMeNIrkarmYyEdlvtßúepSgKñaCaeRcIn man
effect on each other and on the outcome of a \T§iBlelIKñaeTAvijeTAmk nigeTAelIRckecj
particular situation. The act of people énsßankarN_NamYy . CaTegVIrbs;mnusSEdl
communicating and influencing each other. eFVIkarR)aRs½yTak;TgKña nigCH\T§iBlelIKñaeTA
vijeTAmk .
interactive resolution dMeNaHRsayedayGnþrskmµ
Face-to-face resolution. dMeNaHRsayedaytTl;KñaeTAvijeTAmk .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 74 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
interest plRbeyaCn_
see also: doughnut tool (onion tool), needs, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]bkrN_dUNat;/
positions tMrUvkar/ CMhr
In conflict analysis, interests are the kñúgkarviPaKTMnas; plRbeyaCn_Cakarb:gR)afña
underlying desires and concerns that motivate b¤Cakar)armÖbgáb; EdlCMruj[PaKITaMgLay
parties to take their public positions, but Rbkan;yknUvCMhrCasaFarN³rbs;xøÚn . pl
which are usually not revealed. These interests RbeyaCn_TaMgenaH EtgEp¥keTAelItRmUvkarCa
are in turn based on more fundamental needs. mUldæan. karepþatEteTAelICMhrEdlPaKImçag²
Focusing on positions leads to polarisation and Rbkan;erog²xøÜn eRcInbgá[manskmµPaB b¤yuT§
actions and strategies which often go against sa®sþEdlCaerOy²vapÞúyBItRmUvkar nigBIpl
conflictants’ own real needs and interests. RbeyaCn_BitR)akdrbs;PaKITaMgsgxag . enA
However, even when stated positions are in eBlxøH eTaHCMhrecjmuxrbs;PaKITaMgsgxag
conflict, some of the parties’ interests may be minsIusgVak;Kñak¾eday k¾plRbeyaCn_rbs;Gñk
compatible and provide common ground as a TaMgBIr GacmanlkçN³RsbKña ehIyGacCamUl
basis for negotiation. dæanrYmsMrab;eFVIkarcrcaKñapgk¾fa)an .
interest-based problem solving karedaHRsaybBaðaedayQrelIplRbeyaCn_
Interest-based problem solving defines KWCakaredaHRsaymYyEbb EdlkMNt;bBaðaeTAtam
problems in terms of interests rather than plRbeyaCn_Edlman CaCageTAtamCMhrmçag²
positions and works to reconcile the interests ehIyxMRbwgeFVyI a: gNa[plRbeyaCn_TaMgsgxag
to obtain a mutually satisfactory solution. xitcUlCitKña edIm,I[mankareBjcitþeTAvijeTAmk.
interest dispute vivaTGMBIplRbeyaCn_
see also: rights dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTGMBIsiT§i
A labour dispute related to a future benefit CaCemøaHkargarmYyBak;B½n§eTAnwgplRbeyaCn_
and not to an existing right, e.g. workers wish eTAGnaKt BMuEmnsiT§EdlkMBugmanenaHeT . ]>
to get more than the legal minimum wage. kmµkrcg;)anR)ak;QñÜleRcInCagebovtSr_
Gb,brmaEdlFanaedayc,ab; .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 75 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
interest groups RkumkarBarplRbeyaCn_
Interest groups are groups of people who join KWCamnusSmYyRkumEdlrYmKñaeFVIkar edIm,IbuBV
together to work for a common cause or for ehtu b¤edIm,IeFVIkarts‘UmtiGVImYy .
advocacy.
interfere lUkéd b¤ eRCotERCkkñúgerOgGñkdéT
see also: intervene sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eFVIGnþraKmn_
To deliberately get involved in a situation lUkédedayectna eTAkñúgsßankarN_NamYy
without a right or invitation to do so, in a way edayBMumansiT§i b¤edayBMumankarGeBa¢Ij nigkñúg
that is not welcomed by other parties. lkçN³mYyEdlPaKITaMgsgxagBMusVaKmn_ .
intermediate armed conflict TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkRmitmFüm
see also: armed conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;sBaVvuF
Defined as a conflict in the course of which at KWCaTMnas;mYyEdlenAkñúgenaH manmnusSsøab;
least one thousand deaths have occurred, with sruby:agtic 1>000nak; ehIyy:agtic 25nak;
at least twenty-five deaths in any one year )ansøab;kñúgmYyqñaM² .
period.
internally displaced person (IDP) mnusSEdlpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþkñúg
see displacement RbeTsrbs;xøÜnÉg/ CnePosswk
sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøg
edaybgçMcitþ
inter-related pSarP¢ab;eTAvijeTAmk
intervene/intervention GnþraKmn_¼bTGnþraKmn_
see also: third party sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ PaKITIbI
a. To do something to try to resolve a conflict k> eFVIGVImYyedIm,IBüayamedaHRsayTMnas; enA
when you are not directly involved in it. eBlxøÜnÉgBMumankarBak;B½n§GVIpÞal;enAkñúgenaH.
b. The act of deliberately entering a conflict x> karcUledayectnaeTAkñúgCemøaHNamYy edIm,ICH
situation in order to influence the process or \T§iBleTAelIynþkar b¤eTAelIdMeNaHRsayén
outcome. CemøaH .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 76 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
intimidation karbMPitbMP½y
The deliberate use of threats or violence to kareRbIR)as;edayectna nUvkarKMramkMEhg b¤
control someone’s behaviour through fear. GMeBIhigSa edIm,IRtYtRtaTegVIrbs;nrNamñak;tam
karP½yxøac .
intolerance PaBminGt;eGan
intra- ¬buB§bT¦ GVIEdlenAkñúg-épÞkñúg
see also: inter- sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rvag-
Prefix meaning “within,” such as intra-group CabuB§bTEdlmann½yfa {xagkñúg} dUcCa TMnas;
conflict (conflict within a group); intra- kñúgRkum TMnas;kñúgxøÜnmnusSmñak;²TMnas;kñúgrdæ .
personal conflict (conflict within an
individual); and intra-state conflict (conflict kMNt;sMKal;³ pÞúyBIbuB§bT rvag-
within a state).
note: contrast with the prefix inter-, which
means “between.”

intractable conflict TMnas;Bi)akRKb;RKg


Intractable means difficult to deal with or KWCaTMnas;Edl)anekIteLIg kñúgeBlmYyd¾yUr
manage. An intractable conflict is one that ehIyEdlkarxMRbwgERbgedaHRsayTaMgb:unµan
continues for a long time and where all EtgEtTTYlbraC½y .
resolution efforts are unsuccessful.

issue RbFanbT b¤ sac;erOg


see also: interests, needs, positions sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ plRbeyaCn_/
The point or matter in contention between tRmUvkar/ CMhr
two parties in a conflict. Constructive cMncu b¤erOgehtuEdlnaM[mankarRbEkkRbNaMg
negotiation focuses on interests rather than KñarvagPaKIBrI kñgú CemøaH . karcrcaCalkçN³
positions taken in relation to apparent issues. sßabnaepþatelIplRbeyaCn_eRcIn CagelICMhr
Edlmçag²Rbkan;ykkñgú bBaðab¤erOgNamYy .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 77 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Johari Window bg¥Üc cUharI
A graphic model of awareness in interpersonal KWCaKMrURkahVik EdlbgðajBIkaryl;dwgGMBITMnak;
relations and group dynamics, named after TMngrvagbuKÁl nwgkmøaMgEdlmanenAkñúgBYkRkum
Joseph Luft and Harry Ingham. In this model, nigEdlbegáIteLIgedayelak cUesShV lUhV nig
we can improve interpersonal communication, elak harI GuIgxðam. kúñgKMrUenH eyIgGacEklMG
understanding and relationships through self- TMnak;TMngrvagbuKÁl/ karyl;Kña nigsm<½n§PaB
disclosure (to tell others about ourselves), and tamry³karebIkcMhxøÜnÉgR)ab;GñkdéT nigkar
through feedback (asking and listening to how TTYlykmtiGñkdéTRtLb;mkvij ¬faetIeK
other people see us). smøwgmkeyIg eXIjy:agdUcemþc¦ .
bg¥Üc cUharI xøÜnÉgdwg xøÜnÉgmindwg
Johari Window Known to Self Unknown to Self

GñkdéTdwg cMhr xVak;;


Known to The Open Self The Blind Self
Others

GñkdéTmindwg lak;)aMg ggwt


Unknown to The Private Self The Unknown Self
Others

joint fact-finding karrYmKñaEsVgrkkarBit


A process in which different parties in a CadMeNIrkarmYy EdlPaKITaMgLayenAkñúg
conflict work together to clarify disputed TMnas; eFVIkarrYmKña edIm,IbMPøWGMBIerOgehtuEdleK
facts. BMuTan;RsbKña .
judge vinicä½y/ ecARkm
see also: adjudication sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar
a. To make a decision about something after k> eFVIesckþIsMercGMBIGVImYy eRkayBI)anBicar
carefully considering available information. NaBt’manEdl)anTTYl edayRby½tñRbEyg .
b. A public official in control of a court of x> m®nþrI dæEdlRKb;RKgtulakaryutFiþ m’mYy ehIy
justice and authorised to decide questions EdlRtUv)anpþl;siT§isMercelIsMNMuerOgnana dUc
such as how a criminal should be punished. Ca etIRtUvdak;eTasbT]RkidæmYyy:agNa .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 78 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
judicial EdlTak;TgeTAnwgtulakar
To do with a court of law, judges or their EdlBak;B½n§nwgtulakarGnuvtþc,ab; ecARkm nig
decisions. e.g. the judicial system, a judicial esckþIseRmcrbs;ecARkm . ]/ RbB½n§tulakar/
enquiry, etc. karesuIbGegátrbs;tulakar .l.
jurisdiction yutþaFikar
The exercise of judicial authority or the right karbMeBjsmtßkic©Epñktulakar b¤siT§ikñúgkar
to use official power to make legal decisions. eRbIGMNacpøÚvkar edIm,IeFVIesckþIsMerccitþtampøÚv
The extent of judicial or administrative power c,ab; . rgVg;RBMEdnGMNacxagtulakar b¤rdæ)al
(in terms of territory as well as functions). ¬kñúgkarRKb;RKgEdndI b¤kñúgtYnaTI¦ .
justice in reconciliation karpþl;yutþiFm’kñúgkarpSHpSaeLIgvij
see also: concepts of justice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’
Four kinds of justice may be called for in a enAkñúgdMeNIrkarpSHpSaeLIgvij eKGacpþl;nUv
reconciliation process: yutþiFm’bYnRbePT³
punitive justice involves the arrest, trial, yutþiFm’dak;eTasBin½y³ Edlmankarcab;xøÜn
conviction and punishment of the kar kat;kþI karpþnÞaeTas nigkardak;TNÐkmµdl;
wrongdoers; BiruT§Cn
restitutional justice seeks to provide yutþiFm’pþl;sMNg b¤ eFVIbdiTan³ Edlpþl;nUv
reparations or restitution to the victims, sMNgCm¶Wcitþ b¤RbKl;RTBüeTA[CnrgeRKaHvij
though it recognises that full and complete b:uEnþeKTTYlsÁal;faviFIenH BMuGacpþl;yutþiFm’
justice cannot be done; )aneBjeljenaHeT
structural justice aims to redress the yutþiFm’énrcnasm<½n§³ EdlsMedAEktMrUvPaB
inequities of a society, such as protection of GyutþiFm’kñúgsgÁm dUcCakarkarBarsiT§imnusS
human rights or land reform; b¤karEkTRmg;dIFøI
legal justice deals with the reform of law or yutþiFm’énRkbx½NÐc,ab;³ EdleFVIeLIgtamry³
the judiciary, such as ensuring a fair, open karEkTRmg;c,ab; b¤RbB½n§tulakar dUcCa kar
and equitable legal system. erobcM[RbB½n§c,ab;manlkçN³RtwmRtUv ebIk
cMh nigmansmFm’ .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 79 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Justice of the Peace / Juge de la Paix ecARkmsnþiPaB
see also: Alternative Dispute Resolution, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSg²kñúgkar
Arbitration edaHRsayTMnas;/ mCÄtþkar
A type of alternative dispute resolution KWCaCMerIsmYykñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; . ecA
(ADR). A Justice of the Peace (JP) is RkmsnþiPaB )anRtUvEtgtaMgeLIgedIm,IedaH
someone who is appointed to deal with small RsaykþIRBhµTNÐ b¤rdæb,evNIRsal²enAfñak;
criminal and civil cases at a local level, such mUldæan dUcCa enAkRmitRKYsar/ ExSRBMRbTl;
compensation for damages to property, dIFøI/ sMNgtictYcTak;TgeTAnwgkarxatbg;RTBü
contract disputes, etc. This level lies between sm,tþi CemøaHkñúgkic©snüa .l. kRmiténkar
traditional non-formal mediation or edaHRsayEbbenH sßitenAcenøaH karsRmuH
conciliation practices and the court system, sRmYltamEbbRbéBNI nigkarkat;kþItamRbB½n§
and usually takes cases not covered by other tulakar . CaTUeTA eKeRbIviFIenHenAkñúgCemøaH
mechanisms such as cadastral commissions EdlBMu)anedaHRsayeday ynþkarepSg²eTot
for land disputes, labour arbitration panels, dUcCa KN³kmµkarsurieyadI b¤RkummCÄtkr
etc. In some countries it is mandatory to edaHRsayTMnas;kargar .l. enAkñúgRbeTsxøH
attempt to reach a settlement through the eKtRmUv[krNICemøaHtUctac qøgkat;tamecA
Justice of the Peace before taking small cases RkmsnþiPaBsin munnwgeLIgeTAdl;tulakar
(defined as compensation below a certain ¬dUcCa sMNgR)ak;EdlmancMnYntictYc¦ .
amounts, for example) to court.
ladder of inference CeNþIrCMnYykarBicarNa
The ladder of inference is a tool to analyse the KWCa]bkrN_sMrab;eFVIkarviPaK dMeNIrkarkñúgkareFVI
process of reaching a decision that leads to a esckþIseRmccitþ EdlnaMeyIg[Rbkan;yknUvpøÚv
particular course of action. It can help us to eFVIskmµPaBNamYy . vaGacCYy[eyIgBinitüelI
examine the conclusions and assumptions that karsnñidæan nigkarsnµtEdleyIg)aneRbIedIm,I
we use to justify our actions, and can improve bBa¢ak;ehtuplénCMerIsskmµPaBrbs;eyIg ehIy
communication. The ladder can be simplified vaGaceFVI[ynþkarTMnak;TMngkan;EtRbesIreLIg .
to involve three rungs: data at the eKGacsRmYlrUbPaBCeNþIrenHCabIkaM³ Bt’manenA

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 80 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
bottom, reasoning in the middle, and kaMxageRkam/ karBicarNarkehtuplenAkaMkNþal
conclusions at the top. nigeyabl;srubenAkaMxagelI .
latent conflict TMnas;bgáb;
see also: social conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;sgÁm
A conflict is latent or “hidden” when people TMnas;EdlmanlkçN³ruaMér: b¤bgáb; enAeBlNa
are not yet aware of the imbalances of power, EdleKBMuTan;cab;Pøwk GMBIGtulüPaBénGMNac
injustices, etc. that affect their lives. GMBIGyutþiFm’ .l. Edlb:HBal;dl;CIvitrs;enA
Increased awareness can lead to demands for rbs;eK . karyl;dwgkan;EteRcInBIktþaTaMgenH
change, and to confrontation, which brings GacnaM[mantMrUvkarnUvkarpøas;bþÚr nignaM[man
the conflict to the surface. karRbQmmuxdak;Kña EdlGaceFVI[TMnas;enaH
elcecjCarUbrageLIg.
lateral thinking karKitRKb;RCugeRCay
A creative way of thinking which seeks the CakarKitEbbmü:agd¾puspul kñúgkarrkdMeNaH
solution to intractable problems through RsayelIbBaðacak;eRsHedaymanpSarP¢ab;ktþa
making connections that would normally be CaeRcIn EdltamFmµtakarKittamEbbtkáviC¢a
ignored in logical thinking. ¬LÚsSik¦ Etm:üagEtgBMu)anKitdl; .
leadership PaBCaGñkdwknaM
lead laterally dwknaMtamExSTTwg
A method developed by Roger Fisher and CaviFImYyEdlbkRsayedayelak r:UehS hVIsQ½r
Alan Sharp where a leader invites and nigelak GaLan; qab EdlkñúgenaH GñkdwknaM
encourages colleagues to collaborate in the Namñak;ENnaMshesvik[shkarKñakñúgdMeNIrkar
process of solving problems rather than trying edaHRsaybBaða CaCagmñak;²ÉgBüayampþl;RKb;
to provide all the solutions by him/herself. dMeNaHRsay .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 81 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
learning cycle vdþeronsURt
see Action Learning Cycle sUmemIlBakü³ vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB
legal tamc,ab;
legitimate EdlmankarTTYlsÁal;RtwmRtUv/
A process or decision is legitimate if it is EdleBjlkçN³RtwmRtUv
sanctioned or authorised by socially-accepted dMeNIrkar b¤esckþIseRmccitþNamYy EdleK
laws or principles and is perceived as being yl;faRtwmRtUv enAeBlNaEdlvamankarTTYl
fair and justified. Legitimacy in decision- sÁal;edayc,ab;b¤eKalkarN_EdlsgÁmTaMgmUl
making procedures is important, because TTYlsÁal; nigKitfamanyutþiFm’ . enAkñúgnItiviFI
procedures perceived as illegitimate almost énkareFVIesckþIsMerccitþ PaBEdlmankarTTYl
always escalate conflicts, making their sÁal;faRtwmRtUv¬tamc,ab;¦ vamansar³sMxan;
management more difficult. Nas;BIeRBaH nItiviFIEdleKKitfaKµanmUldæanc,ab;
RtwmRtUv eRcInEteFVI[TMnas;rIkraldal ehIyeFVI
[karRKb;RKgTMnas;kan;EtBi)ak .
legitimate government rdæaPi)alEdlekItedayRsbc,ab;
A government which is formed by law and KWCardæaPi)almYy EdlerobcMbegáIteLIgeday
recognised by other countries. c,ab;nigRtUv)anTTYlsÁal;edayRbeTsÉeTot.
listening skills karbiunRbsb; b¤CMnajkñúgkarsþab;
see active listening sUmemIlBakü³ karsþab;edayykcitþTukdak;
litigation kþIvivaT b¤bNþwgvivaT
see also: alternative dispute resolution (ADR) sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSg²kñúgkar
Judicial dispute resolution. The process of edaHRsayTMnas; ¬eG DI Ga¦
bringing a dispute before a court of law to karedaHRsayTMnas;tamtulakar . KWCadMeNIr
have a judge decide who is right according to karEdlmanecARkmkat;kþI eTAtamc,ab;enAelI
the law and make a judgement to settle the CemøaHNamYy . KuNsm,tþiFMénviFIenH KWsßab½n
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 82 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
dispute. The main advantage of litigation is rdæGacGnuvtþ)annUvsalRkmrbs;tulakar . ebI
that the decision of the court is enforceable by eFobnwg eG DI Ga nItiviFIenHyWtCag éføCag
the state. The disadvantages when compared to man PaBpøÚvkarCag nigbegáItnUvPaBCabdibkç
ADR processes are that it can be slower, more KWfadMenIrkarTaMgmUl nigesckþIsMerccitþcug
expensive, formal, and adversarial, i.e. the eRkay Gacnwgmin)aneFVI[TMnak;TMngrvagPaKI
process and final decision may not mend the TaMgsgxag)anRbesIreLIy .
relationship between the disputants.

lobby karbBa©úHbBa©Úl b¤ karBarsMNMuerOgNamYy


see also: advocate sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karts‘Umti
a. To try to persuade the government or k> karBüayambBa©úHbBa©ÚlrdæaPi)al b¤Gñkman
someone with power that a law or situation GMNacNamñak;[yl;fa c,ab; b¤sßankarN_Na
should be changed. mYyKYrEtRtUveFVIkarpøas;bþÚr .
b. To seek to gain support for a cause or to x> karEsVgrkkarKaMRTelIbuB§ehtuNamYy b¤kar
influence someone who is going to vote on an eRbI\T§iBlelInrNamñak; EdlnwgRtUve)aHeqñat
issue. elIsMNMuerOgNamYy .
lobha (greed) elaP³ ¬PaBelaPln;¦
see also: akusalā mūlā, dosa (hate), moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GkuslmUl/ eTas³
(delusion) ¬kars¥b;¦/ emah³ ¬karvegVgvgVan;¦
Greed is a working English translation of the elaP³ eTas³ nigemah³ Ca {b£sKl;minl¥}
Pali Buddhist term lobha, which together with TaMgbIénskmµPaB b¤GkuslmUl . karGnuvtþn_
hate (dosa) and delusion (moha) forms the RTwsþIRBHBuT§eFVI[eyIgPJak;rlwkyl;dwgBIb£sKl;
three “unwholesome roots” of action or minl¥ nigkarbMEbøgva[eTACa {b£sKl;l¥
akusalā mūlā. Buddhist practice encourages brisuT§} TaMgbIKW sb,úrsFm’ ¬GelaP³ b¤Tan¦/
awareness of the unwholesome roots and their karRsLaj;-esckþIemtþa ¬GeTas³ b¤emtþa¦/
transformation into the three “wholesome nigkareyaKyl; ¬Gemah³ b¤bBaØa¦ .
roots” of generosity (alobha or dāna), loving-

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 83 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
kindness (adosa or mettā), and understanding
(amoha or paññā).

Local Capacities for Peace smtßPaBrbs;mUldæankñúgkarksagsnþiPaB


During the 1990’s, many aid agencies began kñúgTsvtSr_1990 manTIPñak;garpþl;CMnYyCa
to question how they worked in conflict eRcIn )ancab;epþImsYrfa etIeKRtUvbMeBjkargar
settings. A well-known example is the Local rbs;eKdUcemþc enAsßankarN_mYyRbkbeday
Capacities for Peace Project and the book TMnas; . ]TahrN_mYyEdleKsÁal;eRcInKñaKW
DO NO HARM, in which Mary Anderson smtßPaBkñúgmUldæanedIm,IeFVIKeRmagsnþiPaB
examines how aid agencies can provide nig esovePAEdlmaneQµaHfa kMueFVIGVI[QWcab;
assistance to people in areas of violent Edl enAkñúgenaHGñkRsI m:arI Gan;DWsan;
conflict in ways that promote and support )aneFVIkar Binitüfa
local capacities for peace. etIGgÁkarpþl;CMnYyGacpþl;karKaMRT
dl;RbCaBlrdæ Edlrs;enAkñúgtMbn;manTMnas;
higSay:agdUcemþcxøH edIm,IelIksÞÜysmtßPaB
kñúgmUldæankñgkarksagsnþiPaB .
local capacities for non-violence smtßPaBrbs;mUldæanedIm,IGhigSa
lockout LúkeGA ¬cak;esarmin[kmµkrcUlkEnøgeFVIkar¦
see also: cooling-off period, strike sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ry³eBlsMrab;eFVI[PaKI
Defined in the Cambodian Labour Law as “a vivaTRtCak;citþnwgKñaeLIgvij
total or partial closing of an enterprise or c,ab;sþIGMBIkargarenARbeTskm<úCa )an[niymn½y
establishment by the employer during a BaküenHfa {karbiTeragcRkTaMgmUl b¤mYyEpñk
labour dispute.” The right of an employer to edaynieyaCkkñúgeBlvivaTkargar} . siT§irbs;
lock his employees out of their place of work nieyaCkkñúgkarcak;esarmin[kmµkr cUlkEnøgeFVI
has the same rules and restrictions as the right karmanEcgCalkçxNÐ nigkMhit dUcCa siT§irbs;
of employees to strike. If the lockout is kmµkrkñúgkareFVIkUdkmµEdr . ebIsinCaLúkeGAenH
unlawful, the employer must pay the salaries eFVIeLIgnUveRkARkbx½NÐc,ab; nieyaCkRtUvpþl;R)ak;
of locked-out employees. QñÜldl;kmµkr EdlxøÜncak;esarmin[cUlenaH .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 84 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
macro-analysis karviPaKkñúgRTg;RTayma:RkU ¬RTg;RTayFM¦
An analysis concerning a whole system rather CakarviPaKmYy EdleFVIeLIgeTAelIRbB½n§TaMg
than particular parts of it. mUlCaCagEteTAelIEpñkxøH²énRbB½n§enaH .
marginalise dak;enAedayELk
To make an individual or group unimportant eFVIy:agNa[mnusSmñak; b¤mYyRkumElgsMxan;
and powerless to influence decisions which b¤Elgman\Ti§BleTAelIkarseRmccitþ EdlTak;
concern them. Someone who is marginalised TgeTAnwgBYkeKTaMgenaH . GñkEdleKdak;enA
does not belong to the main or central part of edayELk BMusßitenAkñúgBYksñÚl b¤cMNuckNþal
a society, group, or activity. én sgÁm Rkum b¤skmµPaBNamYyeLIy .
mediate sRmuHsRmYl b¤ eFVIsn§akarI
see mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl
mediation karsRmuHsRmYl
see also: arbitration, conciliation, intervention, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkmµ/ karpSHpSa
negotiation, power mediation, third party GnþraKmn_/ karcrca/ karsRmuHsRmYl eday
GMNac/ PaKITIbI
A type of third party intervention where an karGnþraKmn_m:üagedayPaKITIbIEdlehAfa Gñk
intermediary, called a mediator, works with sRmuHsRmYl nigEdleFVIkarCamYyPaKITMnas;
the disputing parties to help them improve edIm,I[TMnak;TMng nigkarviPaKsßankarN_TMnas;
their communication and analysis of the rbs;BYkeK kan;EtRbesIreLIg kñúgeKalbMNg[
conflict situation, so that they can identify BYkeKsmøwgeXIjnUvdMeNaHRsaymYy EdlGac
ways to resolve the conflict that meet their karBarplRbeyaCn_rbs;eK)an . pÞúyBIdMeNIr
interests. Unlike arbitration, where the karmCÄtþkar EdlPaKITIbITTYlsþab;TaMgsgxag
intermediary listens to the arguments of both ehIyeFVIesckþIseRmcCMnYsPaKITMnas; GñksRmuH
sides and makes a decision for them, a sRmYlCYyPaKITMnas;TaMgsgxag [rkeXIj
dMeNaHRsayedayxøÜnÉg . GñksRmuHsRmYl
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 85 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
mediator will help the disputants reach a RtUvEtPaKITaMgsgxagsuxcitþTTYlyk ehIyeK
solution themselves. The mediator must be BMuRtUveRbIGMNac b¤\Ti§Bl edIm,IbgçM[mankar
accepted by both sides and does not use cUlrYm b¤[mandMeNaHRsayBiessNamYy
power or influence to force participation or to eLIy .
press for a particular solution. kMNt;sMKal;³ kñúgkargaredaHRsayTMnas; eyIg
eRbIBakü {sRmuHsRmYl} EtmYyb:ueNÑaH sMrab;
bkERbGtßn½yénBakü mediation, arbitration
nigBakü conciliation EdlkñúgPasaGg;eKøs BMu
mann½ydUcKñasuT§saFenaHeLIy .
mediator GñksRmuHsRmYl b¤ sn§akarI
see mediation sUmemIlBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl b¤sn§ankmµ
meeting kic©RbCMu
mercy kareR)asRbNI b¤ karGt;eGan
Compassion and forgiveness shown to KWemtþaFm’ nigkarelIkElgeTas pþl;dl;nrNa
someone who has done wrong and you now mñak;Edl)anRbRBwtþxus nigEdleyIgmanGMNac
have power over. Kind treatment of someone eTAelI . KWkareFVIl¥eTAelInrNamñak;EdlrMBwgfa
where a harsh punishment or revenge is eKnwgdak;eTas b¤sgswkmkelIxøÜn cMeBaHGMeBI
expected for what they have done. In EdlxøÜn)aneFVIknøgmk . kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB
peacebuilding, mercy can encourage people kareR)asRbNIGacelIkTwkcitþdl; GñkEdl)an
who have committed injustices to change and RbRBwtþGMeBIGyutþiFm’[pøas;bþÚrEkERbKMnit ehIy
make a new start within society. There is cab;epþImksagCIvitCafµIenAkñúgsgÁm. enAkñúgkar
often a tension between mercy and justice as pSHpSaKñaeLIgvij EtgEt mankarRbTajRbTg;
essential components of reconciliation. KñaCanic© rvagbuB§ehtud¾sMxan;TaMgBIrKW kareR)as
RbNI nigkarrkyutþiFm’ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 86 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
mind-set kardak;citþKMnitelIGVImYy/ rbt;KitKUr
A person’s disposition or habitual way of lMnaMGarmµN_ b¤Tmøab;CaFmµtarbs;nrNamñak;
thinking about things. kñúgkarKitGMBIGVI²TaMgLay .
Mindful Mediation karsRmuHsRmYlRbkbedaysti
An approach to mediation based on CaviFIsRmuHsRmYlmYy edayQrenAelIkaryl;
mindfulness and other Buddhist teachings dwgGMBIsti nigBaküeRbonRbedA nigkarGnuvtþn_
and practices, developed by John McConnell. déTeTotrbs;RBHBuT§EdlerobcMeLIgedayelak
It emphasises that the origin and the cn m:ak;kUENl . Kat;)ansgát;F¶n;fa edImehtu
transformation of conflict lie within our own nigkarEkERbTMnas; vasßitCaeRscenAkñúgcitþ nig
hearts and minds. stirbs;eyIg .
minor armed conflict TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkRmittUc
see armed conflict sUmemIlBakü³ TMnas;Rbdab;GavuF
mirroring viFIbBa¢ak; b¤ bgðajeLIgvij
A communication process where each party CaynþkarénkareFVITMnak;TMngmYy EdlPaKI
practices active listening, then reflects or mçag² GnuvtþnUvkarsþab;skmµ bnÞab;mkeFVIkar
paraphrases what they heard to check their BicarNa b¤eFVIbrRbeyaKGMBIGVIEdleK)anB¤
understanding before stating their own edIm,IepÞógpÞat;faeK)anyl;c,as;ehIy munnwg
position. Rbkan;yknUvCMhrNamYy .
misunderstanding karyl;RcLM
moderator GñksRmbsRmYl
see also: facilitation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmbsRmYl
Someone whose job is to control a discussion CabuKÁlEdlmantYnaTICaGñkRKb;RKgkarBiPakSa
or debate. b¤ karCECkedjedalKña .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 87 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
moha (delusion) emah³ ¬karvegVgvgVan;¦
see also: akusalā mūlā, dosa (hate), lobha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GkuslmUl/ eTas³
(greed) ¬kars¥b;¦/ elaP³ ¬karelaPln;¦
Delusion is a working English translation of elaP³ eTas³ nigemah³Ca {b£sKl;Edlmin
the Pali Buddhist term moha, which together l¥} TaMgbIénskmµPaB b¤GkuslmUl . kñúgkar
with greed (lobha) and hate (dosa) forms the beRgonrbs;RBHBuT§ emah³sMedAdl;karyl;dwg
three “unwholesome roots” of action or BIkarBitEdlRbkbedayPaBl¶g;exøA edayPaB
akusalā mūlā. In Buddhist teachings, moha RsBicRsBil nigedaykarKitxøIEdlmanlkçN³
refers to any ignorant, confused or short- sYntY . ]TahrN_ enAkñúgTMnas; manPaKImYy
sighted understanding of reality, characterised EdlKitEtBIkaryl;eXIjxøÜnÉg edayBMu)an
by self-centredness. An example in conflict EsVgyl;GMBIKMnitrbs;PaKImçageTot . kar
would be one party’s self-centred views of the Gnuvtþn_RTwsþIRBHBuT§ eFVI[eyIgPJak;rlwkyl;dwg
issues and lack of understanding of the other GMBIb£sKl;Edlminl¥ nigkarbMEbøgva[eTACa
party’s perspective. Buddhist practice {b£sKl;l¥brisuT§}TaMgbIKW sb,úúrsFm’ ¬GelaP³
encourages awareness of the unwholesome b¤Tan¦ karRsLaj;-esckþIemtþa ¬GeTas³ b¤
roots and their transformation into the three emtþa¦ nigkareyaKyl; ¬Gemah³ b¤bBaØa¦ .
“wholesome roots” of generosity (alobha or
dāna), loving-kindness (adosa or mettā), and
understanding (amoha or paññā).

monitoring karXøaMBinitü b¤ karRtYtBinitü


see also: observing, verification sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsegát karRtYtBinitü
Monitoring and observing are actions taken karXøaMBinitü nigkarsegát CaskmµPaBEdleFVI
by concerned agencies to keep themselves eLIgedayTIPñak;garBak;B½n§ edIm,I[xøÜneK nig
and others informed about conflict situations. GñkÉeTot Gackþab;Bt’man)anBIsßankarN_
It is commonly used in election processes, TMnas; . eKeRcIneRbIviFIenH kñúgynþkare)aHeqñat/
confrontations, or after accords or kñúgsßankarN_RbQmmuxdak;Kña/ b¤eRkayeBl
agreements, where it can help prevent the cuHhtßelxaelIesckþIRBmeRBog eRBaHfava
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 88 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
escalation of violence or human rights abuses GacCYybgáarnUvkarrIkraldalénGMeBIhigSa b¤
by showing that there are witnesses who will karrMelaPsiTi§mnusS edaybgðaj[eXIjfa nwg
report these actions. While these terms are mansakSIsMrab;raykarN_GMBIerOgenH . Ca
often used interchangeably, observing can erOy²eKeRbIBaküTaMgenHqøas;KñacuHeLIg k¾b:uEnþ
imply greater neutrality and objectivity. In karsegátGacmanbgáb;n½yGMBI GBüaRkwtPaB
elections, for example, Election Monitoring nigPaBcMeKaledAminlMeGogkMritx<s;Cag .
Organisations (EMOs) have a long-term {RkumGñkXøaM emIlkare)aHeqñat} manGaNtþiEvg
commitment to monitor all aspects, including kñúgkarXøaMemIlRKb;Epñkénynþkare)aHeqñat rYm
relevant laws and regulations, and will TaMgc,ab;Bak;B½n§/ nItiviFI/ ehIyeFVIkarts‘Umti
advocate for reform and improvement of the edIm,I[mankarEkTRmg;nUvynþkare)aHeqñat .
electoral process. Election Observers may be GñksegátkarN_e)aHeqñat manvtþmanEtkñúgeBl
present for specific periods of the process mYyc,as;las; ¬]> kñúgeBlcuHbBa¢IeQµaHGñk
(such as voter registration and voting), and e)aHeqñat nigkñúgéf¶e)aHeqñat¦ ehIyeKnwg
will attempt to present an objective account BüayamraykarN_edaystüanum½t edIm,Ivay
in order to assess whether the implementation témøfa etIynþkar)anRbRBwtþedayesrI nig
is “free and fair.” yutþiFm’b¤eT .
moral authority GMNacpøÚvcitþKMnit
The influence that a person has because other \T§iBlEdlnrNamñak;man edaysarGñkÉeTot
people respect his/her morals. eKarBnUvsIlFm’rbs;GñkenaH .
morality sIlFm’
morals RbB½n§sIlFm’
Principles, values or standards of good eKalkarN_/ témø b¤xñatKMrUénGakb,kiriyal¥
behaviour expected by society. RbéBEdlsgÁmnImYy²cg;[man .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 89 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

moratorium karbg¥ak;sin ¬CapøÚvkar¦


An official suspension or delay of an activity karBüÜr b¤BnüareBlCapøÚvkarnUvskmµPaBNa
for a period of time. mYykñúgry³eBlmYymankMNt; .
multi-cultural Bhuvb,Fm’
see also: cross-cultural sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnak;TMngrvagvb,Fm’
Involving many cultures. epSg²Kña
EdlmanBak;B½n§eTAnwgvb,Fm’xus²KñaCaeRcIn .
multilateral BhuPaKI
see also: unilateral sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CaÉketaPaKI
Involving many parties or sides, e.g. of talks Tak;TgnwgEpñk b¤PaKIeRcIn dUcCa kñúgkarBiPakSa
or agreements. Multilateralism is the doctrine b¤karRBmeRBog . BhuPaKIniym KWCaRTwsþIEdl
that countries should conduct their foreign Ecgfa RbeTsnana KYreFVIkargarkarbreTsrbs;
affairs with the advice or involvement of xøÜn edayRBmTTYlkarpþl;eyabl; b¤karcUlrYm
other nations. BIRbeTsÉeTot² .
multi-level triangles RtIekaNBhukRmit
see also: pyramid analysis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karviPaKtamrUbsaCIRCug
A tool to help identify key actors at each Ca]bkrN_sMrab;CYyrk[eXIjnUvtYGgÁsMxan;²
level in complex, multi-level situations and to enAkñúgsßankarN_mYyEdlsµúKsµaj maneRcIn
analyse the connections between actors as Knøak;/ nigsMrab;CYydl;karviPaKGMBIcMNgTak;
well as power relationships between the TgKñarvagtYGgÁTaMgLay nigGMNacenAtamRKb;
different levels. It builds on the concept of fñak; . eKeFVIRtIekaNenHeLIg edayykKMrUtam
pyramid analysis. karviPaKtamrUbsaCIRCug .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 90 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
multi-national peacekeeping kmøaMgrkSasnþiPaBBhusBa¢ati
see also: peacekeeping sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rkSasnþiPaB
Peacekeeping operations involving many KWCaRbtibtþikarrkSasnþiPaB EdlmansmasPaB
different countries. kmøaMgmkBIeRcInRbeTs .
Note: A multinational (or multinational kMNt;sMKal;³ BhuCati ¬b¤saCIvkmµBhuCati¦
corporation – MNC) is a large business KWCasaCIvkmµrksIuFM²EdlRbtibtþikarkñúgRbeTs
corporation that has operations in many epSg²CaeRcIn .
different countries.
multi-track diplomacy karTUteRcInpøÚv
see also: actors and approaches, diplomacy, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþ
multi-level triangles, pyramid analysis epSg² b¤tYGgÁnana nigdMeNaHRsayepSg²/
Diplomacy is normally thought of as official, karTUt/ RtIekaNEdlmankRmiteRcIn/ karviPaK
government to government negotiations and tamrUbsaCIRCug
international relations. In 1981, Joseph tamFmµta karTUtsMedAdl;karcrca nigTMnak;
Montville made a distinction between this TMngGnþrCatirvagrdæaPi)al . enAqñaM1981
(which he called track one diplomacy) and elak cUehShV m:ugvIl )aneFVIkarsMKal;xusKña
unofficial efforts by civil society actors to rvagTMnak;TMngEbbenH ¬EdlKat;ehAfa {kar
resolve conflicts within and between states TUtpøÚvTImYy}¦ nigkarRbwgERbgeRkApøÚvkarrbs;
(called track two diplomacy). Later, the tYGgÁxagsgÁmsIuvil kñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;enA
phrase multi-track diplomacy was used to kñúgrdæ nigrvagrdænwgrdæ¬EdlehAfa {karTUtpøÚv
recognise that there are many different kinds TIBIr}¦ . eRkaymkeKeRbIBakü karTUteRcInpøÚv
of unofficial diplomacy. John McDonald edIm,ITTYlsÁal;fa mankarTUteRkApøÚvkarCaeRcIn
originally identified four separate tracks Ebby:ag . BIdMbUg elak cn ma:k;dUNal; rk
within track two – conflict resolution eXIjfa manpøÚvdl;eTAbYnenAkñúg{karTUtpøÚv
professionals, business, private citizens, and TIBIr} EdlGacCH\T§iBleTAelI{karTUtpøÚvTI
media – which could all influence track one. mYy} )anKWGñkÉkeTskñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;/
In 1991, McDonald and Louise Diamond, of GñkCMnYj/ BlrdæÉkCn/ nigGñksarBt’man .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 91 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
the Institute for Multi-Track Diplomacy in enAqñaM1991 elak m:ak;dUNal; nigGñkRsI lVIs
the USA, added four more tracks (religion, daym:un EdlmkBI viTüasaßnkarTUteRcInpøÚv
activism, research/training/education, and the Gaemrik )anrkeXIjpøÚvbYneTot ¬sasna/ BYk
donor community) to make a total of nine skmµCn/ karRsavRCav¼hVwkhVWn¼sikSaGb;rM nig
tracks. They also began to see the different shKmn_Gñkpþl;CMnYy¦KWsrubTaMgGs;R)aMbYnpøÚv
tracks as one interconnected system where no . BYkKat;k¾cab;epþImemIleXIjfa BMumanpøÚvNa
track is more important than the others. In sMxan;CagpøÚvNaeT ehIypøÚvTaMgenaHvaRbTak;
this approach to understanding international RkLaKñaCaRbB½n§EtmYy . kñúgkarEsVgyl;BIkar
peacebuilding, all the tracks will be more ksagsnþiPaBGnþrCati eKeXIjfapøÚvTaMgGs;nwg
effective when they are acting in coordination kan;EtmanRbsiT§PaB ebIsinmankarsMrbsMrYl
with the others. KñaeTAvijeTAmk .
nationalism Catiniym
see also: civic nationalism, ethnic nationalism, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CatiniyménBlrdæ
identity CatiniymCatiBn§/ GtþsBaØaN
Nationalism is an umbrella term referring to KWCaRTwsþImYyEdlRKbdNþb;TsSn³GtþsBaØaN
the concept of identity and loyalty that nigPkþIPaB EdlsmaCikén Cati sgÁm b¤ TwkdI
members of a nation, society, or territory may NamYymanrYmKña ehIycg;bgðaj[eKeXIj.
collectively feel, and to the expression of this rebobénkarbgðaj GacmanlkçN³ viC¢man b¤
identity, which can be either positive or GviC¢man . vaGacnaM[manTMnas;)an ebIsinenA
negative. It may contribute to conflict when kñúgRbCaCatiNamYy manRkumPaKticxøHmincuH
certain groups within a nation do not share sMrugCamYyRkumEdlmankmøaMgxøaMgCageK. vak¾
the dominant identity, or when it leads to the GacmanTMnas;EdrenAeBlRbCaCatiNamYyelIk
promotion of one's own nation as being more dMekIgxøÜnÉg [eXIjfasMxan;CagGñkÉeTot.
important than others. Nationalists are people BYkGñkCatiniym CaRkummnusS EdlelIkdMekIg
who promote this concept of love of country TsSn³esñhaCati nigmanqnÞ³eFVIBlikmµedIm,I
and willingness to sacrifice for it. Current Cati. karCECkBiPakSasBVéf¶GMBIRTwsþICatiniym

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 92 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
debate of nationalism distinguishes two kinds: eFVIkarEbgEckTsSn³CaBIrRbePT KW Catiniym
civic nationalism and ethnic nationalism. énBlrdæ nig CatiniymCatiBn§.
needs tRmUvkar b¤ esckþIRtUvkar
see also: doughnut tool (onion tool), interests, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]bkrN_ dUNat; b¤xÞwm
positions, human needs theory, theories of )araMg/ plRbeyaCn_/ CMhr/ RTwsþI/ RTwsþITMnas;
conflict tRmUvkarrbs;mnusS
Needs are things that we must have, such as tRmUvkar KWCaGVIEdleyIgRtUvEtman dUcCa kar
access to resources, health, justice, security, GaceRbIRbPBFnFan suxPaB yutþiFm’ snþisux
etc. They are at the core of our interests – .l. vaCacMnucúsñúÚlénplRbeyaCn_rbs;eyIg
what we want to achieve – and the positions ¬EdleyIgcg;sMerc[)an¦ nigCaCMhrEdleyIg
that we take publicly in a conflict situation. karBarCasaFarN³enAkñúgTMnas;NamYy . enA
When there is mistrust, we usually hide our eBlKµankarTukcitþKña eyIgEtgEtlak;elomnUv
basic needs, and our actions tMrUvkarBitTaMgenH ehIyskmµPaBcMhrbs;eyIg
may be based on defending positions which eRcInEtxMkarBarnUvCMhrEdlBMuR)akdfa vabMerI
do not really serve our needs. Improving tMrUvkarBitrbs;eyIgenaHeT . karEsVgyl;BI
awareness of real needs and the tMrUvkarBitR)akdrbs;mçag² nigR)ab;KñaeTAvij
communication of them is an important eTAmk GMBItMrUvkarTaMgenaH KWCaCMnajmYyd¾
conflict management skill. sMxan;kñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; .
negative attitude critGviC¢man/ \riyabfGviC¢man
negotiate crca
see negotiation sUmemIlBakü³ karcrca
negotiation karcrca
see also: arbitration, bargain, conciliation, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar/ crcatéfø/
mediation, principled negotiation karpSHpSa/ karsRmuHsRmYl/ karcrcaQrelI
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 93 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
A process of discussion or bargaining where eKalkarN_
parties (or their representatives) seek to find a CadMeNIrkarmYyénkarBiPakSa b¤karcrcatéfø
solution to a common problem by mutual EdlPaKInana ¬b¤tMNagrbs;eK¦ EsVgrkdMeNaH
agreement or compromise. Informal RsayelIbBaðarYm edayRBmeRBog b¤sMruHsMrYl
negotiation happens often in everyday Kña . karcrcaeRkApøÚvkarekItmanCaerOy²kñúg
relationships between parents and children, TMnak;TMngRbcaMéf¶rvag«Bukmþay nigkUn/ bþI nig
husbands and wives, workers and employers, RbBn§/ GñkeFVIkarnignieyaCk .l. eKk¾eRbIkar
etc. Negotiation is also used as a more crcakñúgdMeNIrkarCapøÚvkar nigmanrcnasm½<n§
formal, structured process of dialogue Cak;lak;énkic©snÞnarvagPaKIEdlmanTMnas; .
between parties in conflict situations. A Gñkcrca KWCabuKÁlmñak;EdlcrcakñúgnamPaKI
negotiator is a person who negotiates on NamYykñúgTMnas; .
behalf of a party in conflict.
negotiator Gñkcrca
see negotiation sUmemIlBakü³ karcrca
network bNaþj
see also: coalition sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RkumcMruH b¤sm<½n§mitþ
A group of people or organisations that stay KWCamnusS b¤GgÁkarmYyRkumEdlenArkSaTMnak;
in touch with each other to share information TMngCamYyKña edIm,IEckrMElkBt’manKña nig
and support each other (usually with mutual KaMRTKñaeTAvijeTAmk ¬CaTUeTA manpl
interests or goals). RbeyaCn_ nigeKaledAdUcKña¦ .
neutrality GBüaRkwtPaB
see also: bias, insider partial, prejudice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karlMeGog/ mnusS
Neutrality is the quality of being unbiased or TMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag/ buernicä½y
impartial; not being aligned with one side or CaKuNsm,tþiénGñkminlMeGog minkan;eCIgxag
another. Previously, theories of conflict NamYy . kalBImun RTwsþIénGnþraKmn_kñúg

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 94 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
intervention argued that the ideal third party TMnas; )anKitfa PaKITIbId¾l¥bMputKWCaGñkenAxag
was a neutral outsider, who would not be eRkA EdleKeCOfaminlMeGogeTAxagNa nig
perceived as biased and therefore trusted by EdlPaKITMnas;KñaTaMgGs;mankarTukcitþ . b:uEnþ
all conflictants. John Paul Lederach and \LÚvenH elak cnb:Ul eLdWr:ak; nigGñkÉeTot
others have since argued that negotiation is manmtifa karcrcaGac)anRbesIrCag ebIsinCa
more effective when an insider partial is man mnusS TMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag cUlrYmpg
involved, i.e. someone who is connected to KWnrNamñak;EdlmanTMnak;TMngCamYyPaKImYy
one party, but is trusted by both sides because b:uEnþ)anTTYlesckþITukcitþBIPaKITaMgsgxag
of their concern for peace. edayPaKITaMgenaHcg;eFVIkaredIm,IsnþiPaB .
Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) clnamincUlbkSsm½<n§
see also: cold war sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ s®gÁamRtCak;
A movement of 115 member states CaclnaEdlmanRbeTsCasmaCikcMnYn 115
representing the interests and priorities of ehIyEdltMNagplRbeyaCn_ nigGaTiPaBén
developing countries, which has its origins in RbeTskMBugGPivDÆn_ . clnaenH cab;kMenItenA
the Asia-Africa Conference in Bandung, eBlerobcMsnñisITGasuI-Ga®hVikenAqñaM1955 na
Indonesia in 1955. Since the first Conference TIRkug)anDug RbeTs\NÐÚensIu . cab;taMgBI
of Non-Aligned Heads of State or snñisITelIkTI1 énGñkdwknaMRbeTsmincUlbkS
Government in 1961, the Movement has sm<½n§enAqñaM1961 clnaenHmanbMNgbegáItnUv
aimed to create an independent path in world pøÚvÉkraCümYy kñúgqakneya)aysaklelak
politics so that member states would not edIm,IkMu[RbeTsCasmaCik køayeTACakUnGuk
become pawns in the Cold War struggles kñúgs®gÁamRtCak;rvagmhaGMNac . nabc©úb,nñ
between the superpowers. Today, in addition eRkABIbnþTb;Tl;nwg sMBaFrbs;mhaGMNacFM²
to continuing to resist the pressure of major clnaenHepþat karykcitþTukdak;eTAelIbBaða
powers, the Movement also focuses on global esdækic© nigbBaðadéTeTot .
economic problems and other issues.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 95 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
non-cooperation mineFVIshRbtibtþikar
see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/
nonviolence karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ GhigSa
The most common form of nonviolent action, rUbPaBCaTUeTAEdleKEtgCYbRbTH énskmµPaB
involving the deliberate withdrawal of GhigSa enaHKW karminshRbtibtþikareday
cooperation with a person, activity, institution ectnaCamYy nrNamñak;/ skmµPaBNamYy/
or regime. Methods include boycotts (of sßab½nb¤rbbNamYy . viFIEdleKykmkeRbI
goods, services, or elections, etc.), strikes, or mankareFVIBhikar ¬nUv TMnij esva b¤kare)aH
refusing to pay taxes (e.g. war tax resistance). eqñat .l.¦ kUdkmµ karminRBmbg;Bn§ ¬]/
Political noncooperation also includes acts of RbqaMgnwgkarbg;Bn§edIm,IeFVIs®gÁam¦. karmineFVI
civil disobedience, where protest action is shRbtibtþikarEpñkneya)ay rYmman karbdi
taken that deliberately and openly breaks esFc,ab;rdæ EdlCaskmµPaBedaycMh nig
particular laws or regulations which are edayectna RbqaMgnwgc,ab; b¤bTb,BaØtþiNamYy
believed to be unjust. EdleKyl;faKµanPaByutþiFm’ .
non-directive method viFIsa®sþdwknaMedayKµandak;bBa¢a
An approach to group leadership in which the CaviFIsa®sþmYykñúgkardwknaMRkum EdlenAkñúg
group as a whole is totally responsible for the enaH RkumTaMgmUlCaGñkTTYlxusRtUvGMBITisedA
direction taken. rbs;Rkum .
nonviolence GhigSa
see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/
direct action, non-cooperation karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ skmµPaBedaycMeBaH/
Nonviolence is an umbrella term for mineFVIshRbtibtiþkar
describing a range of methods for dealing GhigSa KWCaemBaküEdlRKbdNþb;BaküÉeTot
with conflict which share the common sþIGMBIviFIsa®sþkñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; Edlkñúg
principle that physical violence, at least enaHeKyl;RsbelIeKalkarN_rYmfa BMumankar

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 96 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
against other people, is not used. eRbIhigSaelIrUbkayeT BiesseTAelImnusS
Note: The term non-violent simply means the déTeTot .
absence of violence, whereas the meaning of kMNt;sMKal;³ kñúgPasaGg;eKøs “non-violent”
nonviolent or nonviolence implies a dynamic ¬minhigSa¦mann½ysamBaØfa {BMmu anGMeBIhgi Sa} rIÉ
system of alternative skills to engage with
“nonviolent” b¤ “nonviolence” ¬GhigSa¦ vij
conflict and change without using violence.
manbgáb;n½ysþIBI RbB½n§CMnajepSg²sMrab;RKb;
RKgTMnas; nigeFVIkarpøas;bþÚr edayBMueRbIhigSa .
kñúgPasaExµreyIg eKBi)aknwgrk[eXIjnUvkar
xusKñarvagvaküs½BÞTaMgBIrenHNas; .

nonviolent action / nonviolent direct skmµPaBGhigSa¼skmµPaBGhigSa


action edaycMeBaH
see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/
direct action, non-cooperation, nonviolence karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ skmµPaBedaycMeBaH/
Coordinated actions taken to struggle against minshRbtibtþikar/ GhigSa
injustice without using violence and without karsMrbsMrYlskmµPaBnanaedIm,I RbyuT§RbqaMg
being passive or submissive. It consists of nwgGyutþiFm’ edayBMueRbIGMeBIhigSa nigedayKµan
acts of protest and persuasion, PaBTn;RCay b¤rNbnrNamñak;. skmµPaBTaMg
noncooperation and nonviolent intervention enHGacman karRbqaMgtv:a karbBa©úHbBa©Úl kar
designed to undermine the sources of power mineFVIshRbtibtþikar nigGnþraKmn_GhigSa/ kñúg
of the opponent in order to bring about eKalbMNgeFVI[ RbPBénGMNacrbs;KUbdibkç
change. These can be public demonstrations fycuH edIm,ICMruj[mankarpøas;bþÚr . kñúgrUbPaB
and protests, blockades, lobbying or media enH eKGaceFVICa)atukmµ b¤karRbqaMgtv:aCa
campaigns, etc. saFarN³/ karbiTpøÚvmin[ecjcUl/ karbBa©úH
bBa©Úl b¤kareXasnatamRbB½n§pSB§pSay .l.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 97 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

objective kmµvtßú/ TisedA/ stüanum½t


a. The result that needs to be achieved in k/ lT§plEdlRtUvseRmc[)an kñúgkarQan
order to reach a goal. eTArkeKaledANamYy .
b. Presenting facts in an impersonal or x/ EdlbgðajGMBIkarBit edayminlMeGog nig
unbiased way (the opposite of subjective). edayminykmenaseBa©tnapÞal;xøÜnmklayLM
¬pÞúyBIBakü “subjective” Edlmann½yfa
lMeGogeTAelICMenO b¤KMnitrbs;nrNamñak; .
observing segátkarN_
see monitoring, verification sUmemIlBakü³ karXøaMBinitü/ karBinitübBa¢ak;
ombudsman GñktMNagrdæedaHRsayvivaT
An official appointed to investigate m®nþIraCkarEdlEtgtaMgeLIg edIm,IesuIbGegát
complaints made by individuals against eTAtamBakübNþwgrbs;RbCaBlrdæ RbqaMgnwg
wrong practice by public authorities. GMeBIminKb,Irbs;GaCJaFr .
onion tool ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg
see doughnut tool sUmemIlBakü³ ]bkrN_dUNat;
open mind citþTUlay/ KMnitebIkcMh
see also: closed mind sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ KMnitceg¥ótcg¥l;
A person who has an open mind has an CamnusSmñak;EdlmancitþKMnitebIkcMh TTYl
attitude of openness to consider opinions or sþab;mtiGñkdéT enAeBlEdlmtienaHxusBImti
ideas which challenge their own ways of xøÜnÉg .
seeing things.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 98 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
open question sMnYrebIk b¤sMnYrcMh
see also: closed question sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sMnYrbiT
a. A question which cannot be answered with k/ CasMnYrEdlBMuGaceqøIy)anedayRKan;Etfa
a simple “yes” or “no,” which opens {Emn} b¤ {minEmn} . sMnYrebIkCMruj[mankar
discussion and invites a creative response. BiPakSaedIm,IrkcemøIy[)aneBjeljsBVRKb;.
b. A matter which is not yet decided, which x/ KWCaerOgmYyEdlBMuTan;mankarseRmc ehIy
allows for differences of opinion. EdlGnuBaØat[mtiepSg²Kña )anelIkeLIg .
opportunity »kasEdlmkdl;/ »kas
see also: window of opportunity sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bg¥Ücén»kas
opposition party KNbkSRbqaMg
The main political party in a county’s KWCaKNbkScMbgeKenAkñúgsPaénRbeTsNa
parliament that is not part of the government mYy EdlminEmnCaKNbkSkan;GMNac .
(also called the Opposition).

option CMerIs
An alternative possibility or choice in a KWCaCMerIsEdlGacTTYlyk)an enAkñúgsßan
particular situation, especially something in karN_NamYy CaBiessdMeNaHRsayEdlman
addition to the obvious. Generating or CabEnßmeTAelI dMeNaHRsayEdlelceFøaCag
creating options for better solutions is an eK . karbMpus b¤karbegáItCMerIsepSg² edIm,Irk
important step in conflict management. Based dMeNaHRsay[)ankan;Etl¥ KWCaCMhanmYyd¾
on defining the problem in terms of needs, sMxan;kñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; . edaykMNt;bBaða
generating options allows the parties to focus elImUldæantMrUvkar/ karbegáItCMerIsepSg²CYy[
on finding mutually satisfying solutions to the PaKIénTMnas;epþatKMnitEsVgrk dMeNaHRsay
problem, rather than defending adversarial epSg²EdleBjcitþTaMgsgxag CaCagRKan;Et
positions. karBarCMhrRbqaMgKñaerog²xøÜn .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 99 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
organisational development (OD) karGPivDÆn_GgÁkar
The process through which an organisation, CadMeNIrkarEdlGgÁkarb¤clnaNamYy )anlUt
or movement, matures, mainly through las;cas;citþcas;KMnit CasMxan;tamry³kar
establishing a good system of administration, begáItnUvRbB½n§d¾l¥xagrdæ)al nigkarR)aRs½y
communication, and a clarified vision, goals Tak;Tg RBmTaMgmanckçúvis½y nigeKaledAc,as;
and purpose. las; .
outcome lT§pl
The results, effects or consequences of an KWCaehtubc½©y b¤plvi)akénskmµPaB b¤
action or event. Expressing your preferred RBwtiþkarN_NamYy . karbBa¢ak;edaycMhrnUv
outcome in a conflict situation is a lT§plEdleyIgcUlcitþCag enAkñúgsßankarN_
communication skill which avoids blaming TMnas;NamYy KWCaCMnajkñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
others for behaviour you do not like. It can EdlGnuBaØat[eyIg eCosvagsþIbenÞasGñkdéT
help to avoid the reactions of resistance that cMeBaHGakb,kiriyarbs;eKEdleyIgmincUlcitþ.
usually occur when you tell someone they vak¾GacCYyeCosvag RbtikmµCMTas;EdlEtgEt
should behave differently. ekItmanenAeBleyIgR)ab;GñkNamñak;fa eKKYr
Rbkan;Gakb,kiriyaepSgBIenH .
pacifism snþiPaBniym
see also: passive/passivism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Gkmµ¼Gkmµniym
The rejection of war and any form of physical KWCakarbdiesFCaeKalkarN_nUvs®gÁam nigGMeBI
violence on principle, usually with an higSaelIrUbkaytamRKb;rUbPaB edaysgát;F¶n;
emphasis on maintaining personal integrity. elIkarRbkan;x¢ab;nUvPaBesµaHRtg;rbs;xøÜnÉg .
pacify eFVI[mansnþiPaB b¤bBa©b;CemøaH
see also: positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaBCaviC¢man
a. The literal meaning is to make peace. k> Gtßn½ycMKW {kareFVI[mansnþiPaB}
b. In common usage, to pacify a region or x> CaTUeTA kareFVI[tMbn; b¤RbCaCatimYyman

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 100 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
population means to bring an end to snþiPaB KWkarbBa©b;CemøaHedayeRbIkmøaMg b¤kar
hostilities through the use of force and bgçitbgçM . eKeRbIBaküenHsMedAdl;GnþraKmn_
coercion, used in reference to third party rbs;PaKITIbI b¤karbM)at;ecalnUvkarRbqaMgKña
intervention or to the suppression of edayPaKINamYyEdlmankmøaMgxøaMgCag .
opposition by a more powerful party.

paradox mtipÞúynwgmtiFmµta b¤ brmti b¤ Rbtimti


see also: dilemma sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTVeRKaH
a. A statement that seems strange or k/ KWCamtiEdlhak;dUcCacEmøk b¤Gnuvtþmin)an
impossible because it contains two ideas that BIeRBaHmanbgáb;mtiBIrEdlhak;dUcCaBitTaMgBIr
both appear to be true and also to contradict EtvabdiesFKñaeTAvijeTAmk .
each other. x/ CamtiEdleXIjhak;dUcCaBit EtvanaMeTA
b. A statement that appears to be true, dl;esckþIsnñidæanmYyEdlhak;dUc BMuGacekIt
but which leads to a conclusion that seems man)an b¤manlkçN³pÞúyKña . enAkñúgkar
impossible or contradictory. In peacebuilding, ksagsnþiPaB CaerOy²vamanRbeyaCn_ebIeyIg
it is often useful to be able to frame a paradox GackMNt;brmtitamEbbbTmYyEdlbgðajfa
as something that can be held together, rather mtiTaMgBIrGacsßitenACamYyKña)an CaCagRtUv
than as an either/or dilemma. An example eRCIserIsykNamYy b¤k¾Tal;Rck . elak cn
raised by John Paul Lederach is the b:Ul eLdWr:ak; )anbgðajGMBItMrUvkarBIrEdlpÞúy
paradoxical need for both justice and mercy Kña KWyutþiFm’ nigemtþaFm’ kñúgkarbMEbøgTMnas; .
in conflict transformation.
paraphrase brRbeyaK
see also: active listening, communication skills sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsþab;edayykcitþ
and tools Tukdak;/ CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg nig
A communication skill, where the listener meFüa)ayR)aRs½yTak;Tg
restates in a concise way and in their own KWCaCMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg EdlenAkñúgenaHGñk
words both the content and feeling of the sþab;niyayy:agxøIeLIgvij edayeRbIBaküeBcn_

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 101 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
speaker's message, and then checks to see if rbs;xøÜnÉgpÞal; nUvxøwmsar nigmenaesBa©tna
this understanding is correct. Paraphrasing kñúgRbeyaKrbs;vaKµin edIm,IepÞógpÞat;fa etIkar
shows that we are attentive, helps to clarify yl;eXIjrbs;xøÜnvaRtwmRtUvEdrb¤eT . viFIenH
what is being said and to avoid bgðajfa eyIg)anykcitþTukdak;sþab; ehIyva
misunderstandings. CYyeyIg[yl;c,as;elI GVIEdleyIg)ansþab;
nig eCosvagkarP½nþRcLM .
pardon karelIkElgeTas
see also: forgiveness sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karGt;eTas
An official decision that there will be no karsMercCapøÚvkarminpþnÞaeTasnrNamñak; eTaHbI
punishment, although a person has been manPsþútagRKb;RKan;bgðajfa GñkenaHRtUvCab;
proved to be guilty of a crime. eTas eday)anRbRBwtþGMeBI]RkidækmµEmn .
participation karcUlrYm
participatory decision-making esckþIseRmccitþedaymankarcUlrYm
see also: collaborative problem-solving, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/
decision-making process, problem-solving dMeNIrkareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ/
A way of making decisions that involves all karedaHRsaybBaða
stakeholders. It is based on the understanding viFImYykñúgkareFVIesckþIsMerccitþEdlmankarcUl
that when people participate in making a rYmBIRKb;GñkBak;B½n§ . eKeCOfaGñkEdl)ancUl
decision, they are more likely to support its rYm nigKaMRTdl;karGnuvtþesckþIsMerccitþenaH .
implementation.
partnership PaBCaédKU
party KNbkS b¤ PaKI
a. In a dispute, the parties are the people who k/ enAkñúgTMnas; KWCaRkummnusSEdleQøaHKña
are in conflict with each other, also called EdleyIgehAfa PaKITMnas; . PaKITIbI CaGñk
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 102 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
conflictants or disputants. However, a third EdleFVIGnþraKmn_ ¬]/ GñksRmuHsRmYl¦ edIm,I
party is someone who intervenes (such as a CYyPaKITaMgsgxag[edaHRsayTMnas;)an .
mediator) to try to help the parties to resolve
the dispute. x/ KNbkSneya)ay
b. A political party
passive/passivism Gkmµ¼Gkmµniym
see also: pacifism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaBniym
Someone who is passive tends to accept GñkGkmµ KWCaGñkEdlRBmTTYlrgnUvsßankarN_
difficult situations without actively trying to lM)ak edayBMu)anxMRbwgERbgpøas;bþÚrsßankarN_
change them for the better. enaH [eTACal¥vij .
passive resistance karRbqaMgGkmµ
see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/
non-cooperation, nonviolence GhigSa/ karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/
A type of nonviolent non-cooperation, such minshRbtibtþikar/
as some strikes and boycotts, where a party CakarmineFVIshRbtibtþikarEtmineRbIhigSa dUc
protests an injustice by refusing to do Ca kUdkmµ nigkareFVIBhikar EdlkñúgenaH PaKI
something that they are expected to do. mYytv:aRbqaMgnwgGMeBIGyutþiFm’ edayBMuRBmeFVI
kic©karEdlCakatBVkic©rbs;xøÜn .
patience esckþIGt;Fµt;
see also: tolerance sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karGt;eGan
a. The ability to wait calmly or to do k/ karGacrg;caM)anedays¶at;es¶óm b¤eFVIGVImYy
something that is difficult or uninteresting for EdllM)akehIyBMusUvmanRbeyaCn_ kñúgeBl
long periods of time. mYyd¾yUr .
b. The ability to accept or endure difficult x/ karRBmTTYlyk b¤Fn;RTaMnwg sßankarN_
situations, people's behaviour, or pain without lM)ak/ Gakb,kiriyarbs;Gñkpg b¤ karQWcab;
complaining or becoming angry. edayminf¶Úr b¤xwgsm,ar .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 103 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
pattern lMnaM b¤ TMrg; b¤ EbbEpn
A pattern is the arrangement or order of CakarerobcM b¤lMdab;énGVIepSg² EdlCaFmµta
things, usually something that can be eKGaccMNaM)an eRBaHvasacuHsaeLIgdEdl² .
identified because it is repeated. Analysing karviPaKGMBIlMnaMénTMnas; nigkarksagsnþiPaB
patterns of conflict and peacebuilding can GacCYybegáInPaBskþisiT§iénkarbgáarTMnas; nig
enhance the effectiveness of conflict yuT§sa®sþkñúgkareFVIGnþraKmn_ .
prevention and intervention strategies.
peace snþiPaB
see also: culture of peace, positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vb,Fm’snþiPaB/
The state of freedom from conflict with snþiPaBCaviC¢man
ourselves or the world around us. Peace can KWCasPav³énkarKµanTMnas;CamYyxøÜneyIg nig
be inner peace (a state of being at peace with CamYyGVI²EdlenACMuvijxøÜneyIg . vaGacCa
ourselves and our experience), or peace in a snþiPaBxagkñúg xøÜneyIg ¬mansnþiPaBCamYyxøÜn
relationship, group or society. Peace in Ég nigCamYybTBiesaFn_EdlxøÜn)anqøgkat;¦
society used to be defined as simply the b¤ snþiPaBenAkñúgTMnak;TMngkñúgRkumb¤kñúgsgÁm .
absence of war and violence. However, a eKeRcInbkRsayBaküsnþiPaBkñúgsgÁmfa Ca
deeper understanding of the concept of peace karKµans®gÁam nigKµanGMeBIhigSa . b:uEnþkaryl;
shows that a range of positive dynamics make sIuCeRmAnUvRTwsþIsnþiPaB bgðaj[eXIjnUvkmøaMg
up and sustain a peaceful and harmonious CaviC¢manmYycMnYn EdleFVI[sgÁmmansux
society. This richer understanding is the basis snþiPaBRbkbedaycIrPaB . karyl;c,as;BI
for the concepts of peacebuilding and positive RTwsþIsnþiPaBenH KWCamUldæanbBaØtþiénkarksag
peace. snþiPaBCaviC¢man .
peacebuilding karksagsnþiPaB
Peacebuilding is the process of building KWCadMeNIrkarénkarksagTMnak;TMngd¾l¥ rvag
peaceful relations between people by buKÁledaybMEbøgTMnas; nigbegáItnUvrcnasm<½n§
transforming conflict and creating structures eFVI[sgÁmmansnþiPaBRbkbedaycIrPaB . eK
to sustain peace in society. The term can be

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 104 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
used at every level from interpersonal to GaceRbIvaküs½BÞenHenARKb;kRmit taMgBIrvag
international. mnusSnigmnusS rhUtdl;TMnak;TMngGnþrCati .
peace education karGb;rMsnþiPaB
Peace education encompasses all educational karGb;rMsnþiPaB rab;bBa©ÚlRKb;skmµPaBGb;rM
activities which aim to promote peace, for dl;mnusSRKb;RsTab; kñúgkarelIktMekIgsnþiPaB
any audience, including lectures, awareness- mankareFVIbzkfa/ yuT§nakarelIksÞÜykaryl;
raising campaigns, posters, radio and TV dwgBIsnþiPaB/ karbiTb½NÐRbkas/ karpSBVpSay
spots, literature, materials for school tamviTüúnigTUrTsSn_/ GkSrsa®sþ/ esovePAkñúg
curriculums, etc. kmµviFIsikSa .l.
peace-enforcement karGnuvtþn_EpnkarbgçM[mansnþiPaB
A concept mentioned in the UN Agenda for KWCaRTwsþIEdlmanEcgkñúgrebobvar³snþiPaBrbs;
Peace, wherein early military intervention GgÁkarshRbCaCati Edl)anniyayfa eKnwg
would be used to enforce peace agreements eFVIGnþraKmn_eyaFa[)anqab; edIm,IGnuvtþkic©
that were being breached. The idea is that an RBmeRBogsnþiPaBEdlRtUv)aneRbHRsaM . eKKit
early strategic military response (sanctioned fa kareRbIkmøaMgeyaFakñgú kareqøyI tbCayuTs§ a®sþ
by the UN Security Council) may make a [)anTan;eBlevla ¬EdlKaMRTedayRkumRbwkSa
decisive difference before the situation badly snþisuxén Gsb¦ GacnaM[manlT§plCa viC¢
deteriorates. manmuneBlsßankarN_GacFøak;y:ab;yWunxøaMg .
peacekeeping karrkSasnþiPaB
Peacekeeping is the prevention or ending of Cakarbgáar b¤bBa©b; GMeBIhigSarvagrdæ tamry³
violence within or between nation-states GnþraKmn_BIkmøaMgTIbI EdlEjkPaKITMnas;[enA
through the intervention of an outside third dac;BIKña . pÞúyBI kareFVI[mansnþiPaB EdltMrUv
party that keeps the warring parties apart. [mankarcrcarkdMeNaHRsayelIbBaðaCaTMnas;
Unlike peacemaking, which involves eKaledAén karrkSasnþiPaB KWeFVIy:agNabgáar
negotiating a resolution to the issues in kMu[manGMeBIhigSakan;EtxøaMg .
conflict, the goal of peacekeeping is simply
preventing further violence.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 105 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
peacemaking kareFVI[mansnþiPaB
Peacemaking is the term often used to refer to eKeRbIBaküenHsMedAdl; karcrcarkdMeNaH
negotiating the resolution of a conflict RsaykñúgTMnas;rvag buKÁl Rkum b¤RbCaCati. va
between people, groups, or nations. It goes RCaleRCACagkarrkSasnþiPaBedayvaedaHRsay
beyond peacekeeping to actually deal with bBaðaCaTMnas; b:uEnþvaRtUvbBa©b;enAeBlEdlman
the issues in dispute, but ends when an karRBmeRBogrvagPaKI . RTwsþIénkarksag
agreement is reached. The concept of snþiPaB eTAq¶ayCagkic©RBmeRBogCapøÚvkar
peacebuilding goes beyond the formal edaymanbMNgsMercnUvkarpSHpSaKña nigsßabna
agreement to achieve reconciliation and build TMnak;TMngCasnþiPaBrvagRbCaCn .
peaceful relations between people.
peace process dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB
The process made of various functions and CadMeNIrkarEdlekItecjBImuxgar nigtYnaTICa
roles, and at different levels, that leads from eRcInenAkMritepSg²KñaEdlnaM[mankarQanBI
conflict to peace. It is sometimes used in a sßankarN_TMnas;eTAkan;snþiPaB . eBlxøHeK
more limited way to refer to the process of eRbIvakñúgn½yceg¥ótRtwmEtedAdl; dMenIrkarcrca
negotiating formal peace agreements. Kñarkkic©RBmeRBogsnþiPaBCapøÚvkarEtb:ueNÑaH .
peace walk k,ÜndMeNIredIm,IsnþiPaB
see dhammayietra sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ FmµyaRta
perception sBaØaxn§
The way that a person is conditioned to notice KWCaviBaØaNEdlkMNt;BIEbbbTrbs;mnusSmñak;
and interpret things. In conflict, our kñúgkarsMKal; nigbkRsayGVIepSg². kñúgTMnas;
perceptions are often biased or inaccurate: for sBaØaxn§rbs;eyIgEtgEtlMeGog nigBMusUvBit
example, we will only notice the things that R)akd . ]/ eyIgeXIjEtGVIEdleyIgBMucUlcitþ
we do not like about an opponent and enAelIxøÜnPaKImçageTot ehIyk¾vinicä½yskmµPaB
judge their actions negatively. Transforming rbs;eKCaGviC¢man . kareFVI[sBaØaxn§énPaKI
the perceptions of conflicting parties is one of kñúgTMnas;pøas;bþÚreTA)an KWCabBaðaRbQmmYyd¾
the challenges of third party intervention. twgEtgkñúgkareFVIGnþraKmn_rbs;PaKITIbI .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 106 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
persecute eFVITukçeTas b¤ pþnÞaeTas
To deliberately oppress or treat someone eFVIkarKabsgát;elInrNamñak;edayectna b¤
cruelly over a period of time, especially edayeXareXAkñúgry³eBlmYy CaBiesseday
because of their political or religious beliefs. QrelImUlehtuneya)ay b¤CMenO sasna .
personal and cultural exchanges karpøas;bþÚrbTBiesaFn_pÞal;xøÜn nigEpñkvb,Fm’
Exchanges between different groups or KWCakarpøas;brÚþ rvagRkum b¤RbCaCati edIm,Isaß bna
nations to help build personal, intellectual, TMnak;TMngnigkaryl;dwgpÞal;xøÜn b¤xagEpñk
political, religious, or cultural understanding bBaØa neya)ay sasna b¤vb,Fm’ nigedIm,I
and ties, and to transform stereotypes. EkERbpñt;KMnitEdlmanyUrmkehIy .
persuasion karbBa©úHbBa©Úl
see also: coercion sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karbgÁab; b¤kardak;
Attempting to convince another party to bBa¢adac;Nat;
change their attitude or behaviour. Persuasion karBüayambBa©úHbBa©ÚlPaKImYyeTot [bþÚrTegVI
is usually through rational or emotional b¤Gakb,kiriyarbs;eK . kñúgviFIenH eKeRcIn
appeals based on common values and eRbIehtupl b¤menaseBa©tna edayQrelItémø
understandings rather than coercion or threat. rYmnigkaryl;dwg CaCagkarbgÁab; b¤karbMP½y .
picket eFVI)atukmµ
To stand or march as a protest in front of a Qr b¤edIrRbqaMgtv:aenAmuxeragcRk b¤GaKar
factory or other building, especially to stop epSgeTot edIm,IXat;mnusSkMu[cUleTA)an kñúg
people from going inside during a strike. A eBlkMBugeFVIkUdkmµ . Bakü picket line sMedA
picket or picket line is the group or line of dl;RkummnusSEdleFVI)atukmµ .
people who do this.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 107 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
pillar of issues cnÞúl;énbBaða
A graphic tool to help analyse conflict Ca]bkrN_RkahVik sMrab;CYydl;kareFVIviPaK
situations that are ‘held up’ or maintained by sßankarN_TMnas;EdlRTRTg;
other factors or forces. In such cases, b¤rkSaTukedayktþa b¤kmøaMgepSg² .
addressing only the conflict itself will have kñúgsßankarN_EbbenH ebIeyIg
limited impact. The aim of this tool is to epþateTAelITMnas;EtmYymux KWBMusUvmanRbsiT§
identify the supporting factors and weaken or PaBeLIy . ]bkrN_enHeKeRbIsMrab;rk[eXIj
remove them. nUvktþaTaMgLayEdlRTRTg;TMnas;/ rYcehIyeFVI
[ktþaTaMgenaHcuHexSay b¤dkvaecj .

bBaða
Issues

cnÞl; b¤TMr cnÞl; b¤TMr


Pillars Pillars

cnÞl;énbBaða ¼ pillar of issues

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 108 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

pluralism Bhuniym
a. The belief in tolerance and acceptance of k/ CMenOelIkarGt;eGan nigkarTTYlsÁal;nUv
diversity, especially of opinions, values, etc. PaBxus²Kña CaBiessénKMnit/ témø .l.
b. A form of society in which different ethnic x/ sgÁmmYyEbbEdlkñúgenaH CatiBn§ b¤Rkum
or cultural groups can maintain their mnusSEdlmanvb,Fm’epSg²Kña GacrkSanUv
traditions. TMenomTMlab;rbs;xøÜn)an .
c. The belief that power should be shared K/ CMenOEdlfa GMNacGacEckrMElkrvag
between a number of political parties. KNbkSmYycMnYn)an .
point of view TsSn³
a. A position from which something is viewed; k/ CMhrmYykñúgkaremIleTAelIGVImYy . kar
a particular way of considering something. BicarNaelIGVImYykñúgpøÚvmYyBiess .
b. Someone's personal opinion or attitude x/ mti b¤TegVIrbs;nrNamñak;enAelIGVImYy .
about something.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 109 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
polarisation karRbmUlpþúM
see also: escalation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karrIkraldal
The process in which parties move towards dMenIrkarmYyEdlPaKITaMgsgxag xiteTARbkan;
more extreme positions ("poles") as a conflict CMhrkan;Etq¶ayBIKñaeLIg ¬b:Ul b¤Gekçasan¦
escalates, leaving less middle ground. enAeBlTMnas;kan;EtrIkraldal ehIypøÚv
kNþalk¾kan;EtmanticeTA .
policy dialogue karBieRKaHeKalneya)ay
see also: dialogue sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karBiPakSa
Dialogue aimed at engaging stakeholders in CakarBiPakSasMedAdak;bBa©ÚlPaKIBak;B½n§nana
public policy decisions and recommendations. [eFVIesckþIsMercelIeKalneya)aysaFarN³
nigeFVIGnusasn_ .
positions CMhr
see also: doughnut tool (onion tool), interests, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]bkrN_dUNat; b¤
human needs theory, needs, theories of conflict ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg/ plRbeyaCn_/ RTwsþItMrUvkar
Positions are what parties publicly say they rbs;mnusS/ tMrUvkar/ RTwsþITMnas;
want in a conflict. As conflict develops, the KWCaGVIEdlKUPaKIRbkascg;)anCasaFarN³ enA
parties’ positions will usually become the kñúgTMnas; . enAeBlEdlTMnas;kan;EtrIkeLIg
opposite of their opponents, even though the CMhrrbs;PaKImçag² kan;Etb®Ba©asKñaeLIg eTaH
underlying interests may actually be bICaplRbeyaCn_EdlenABIeRkayCMhrenaH
compatible. Gac RtUvKñak¾eday .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 110 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
positive peace snþiPaBCaviC¢man b¤ snþiPaBBitR)akd
see also: peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaB
Peace is commonly thought of as simply the CaTUeTAeKeRcIn[niymn½yBakü snþiPaB faCa
absence of organised, armed violence. karBMuman GMeBIhigSaRbdab;GavuFEdlerobcM
However, a society without war, but which eLIgedayectna. b:uEnþkñúgsgÁmmYyEdlKµan
has deep-rooted divisions, structural s®gÁamEtmankarEbk)ak;KñasIuCeRmA manGMeBI
violence, inequalities or oppression is far higSaCalkçN³rcnasm<½n§ mankarminesµIPaB b¤
from being peaceful and harmonious. The mankarsgát;sgáin/ sgÁmenaHBMuGaccat;Tukfa
concept of positive peace was first defined by mansnþiPaBb¤manesckþIsux)aneT . RTwsþIén
Johan Galtung in his 1969 article, “Violence, snþiPaBCaviC¢man RtUv)anbkRsayCaelIk
Peace and Peace Research,” which outlined dMbUgedayelak cUhan hÁal;Tug kñúgGtßbTcuH
the need for a more comprehensive approach pSayenAqñaM1969 eRkamcMNgeCIgfa {GMeBI
in order to realise a positive or lasting peace. higSa snþiPaB nigkarRsavRCavBIsnþiPaB} .
This means the absence of structural violence kñúgenaHelak)anbBa¢ak;fa edIm,IsMerc)annUv
and having fair societal conditions such as snþiPaBCaviC¢manb¤yUrGEgVg eKRtUvEsVgyl;[
justice and equity. The definition of peace as )anTUlMTUlayEfmeTot KW)anesckþIfa eFVIy:ag
the absence of war is sometimes referred to NakMu[manGMeBIhigSaEdlmanlkçN³Carcna
as negative peace. sm<½n§ nig RtUvksagsgÁmmYyEdlRbkbeday
yutþiFm’ nig smFm’ . kar[niymn½y snþiPaB
faCakarKµans®gÁamenaH CYnkaleKehAfaCa
snþiPaBGviC¢man .
post-conflict eRkayTMnas;
see also: pre-conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ munekItTMnas;
The prefix post- means “after.” Post-conflict KWCary³kalénkarsßabna nigbnSHrbYseLIg
refers to the period of reconstruction and vij bnÞab;BITMnas;Rbdab;GavuF)anRtUvbBa©b; nig
recovery following an end to armed conflict muneBlmansnþiPaBCaviC¢man . karEbk)ak;
and before positive peace has been b¤TMnas;enAkñúgsgÁmmYy BMuEmnRtUvrlayeTA
established. The divisions or conflicts within a

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 111 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
society do not go away with peace accords or edaysarmankic©RBmeRBogsnþiPaB b¤sn§isBaØa
other agreements to end armed conflict, and epSg² edIm,IbBa©b;TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFenaHeT .
successful post-conflict recovery involves the karbnSHrbYseLIgvijeRkayTMnas; tRmUv[man
transformation of violent conflict into peaceful karEkERbTMnas;RbkbedayhigSa [køayeTACa
processes of political decision-making, as well ynþkarén karseRmccitþneya)ayRbkbeday
as addressing the socio-economic and snþiPaB edayRtUvedaHRsaypgEdrnUvbBaða
psychological dimensions of reconciliation and citþsa®sþ esdækic© nigsgÁmkic© EdlekIteLIg
peace-building. enAeBlpSHpSaKña nigeBlksagsnþiPaB .
power GMNac
see also: empowerment, triangle of power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karBRgwgGMNac/
a. The ability or capacity to do something. RtIekaNGMNac
b. The ability to exercise authority, control or k> karGac b¤mansmtßPaBeFVIGVImYy)an
influence over others. Conflict theory x> karGaceRbIR)as;smtßkic©/ karRtYtRta b¤
distinguishes between hard power and soft \T§iBleTAelIGñkdéT . ®TwsþIénTMnas;sMKal;
power. Hard power is the coercive ability to lkçN³xusKñarvag {GMNacedaykmøaMg} nig
use force to control or influence; whereas {GMNacedayTn;Pøn;} . {GMnacedaykmøaMg}
soft power is the persuasive ability to KWCakareRbIGMNackñúgkarRtYtRta b¤kñúgkarCH
promote cooperation, to inspire or to provide \T§iBleTAelIGVImYy . {GMNacedayTn;Pøn;}
legitimacy. Understanding the relative power KWCakarbBa©úHbBa©Úl edIm,IbegáInshRbtibtþikar
of parties to conflict is an important part of nigedIm,I[mankarTTYlsÁal;CaTUeTA . karEsVg
conflict analysis. yl;GMBIsPaBBiténGMNacrbs;PaKIkñúgTMnas;
KWCaEpñkmYyd¾sMxan;énkarviPaKTMnas; .
power mediation GMNackñúgkarsRmuHsRmYl
see also: mediation, power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl/
A mediation process where the third party GMNac
uses pressure (usually in the form of threats or KWCaynþkarénkarsRmuHsRmYlmYy EdlPaKITIbI
incentives) to compel the conflictants to eRbIR)as;nUvkarKabsgát; ¬edaysmøút b¤pþl;
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 112 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
engage in the process and reach an rgVan;¦ bgçM[PaKITMnas;cUlrYmkñúgdMeNIrkaredaH
agreement. Power mediation is sometimes Rsay nigkñúgkic©RBmeRBog . CYnkaleKehA
called mediation with muscle compared with ynþkarenHfa karsRmuHsRmYledayeRbIsac;dMu}
mediation with integrity where the mediator edIm,IeRbobeFobeTAnwgynþkarmYyeTot ehAfa
does not compel participation or press for a {karsRmuHsRmYledaysucrit} eRBaHGñksRmuH
particular outcome. sRmYlBMumanbgçitbgçMPaKINamYy b¤CRmuj[
TTYlyknUvlT§plNamYyCaBiessenaHeT .
praxis kareRbIR)as;CMnaj
see also: theory sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ®TwsþI
a. The exercise or practice of an art, science k> karGnuvtþn_Cak;EsþgnUvsil,³ viTüasa®sþ b¤
or skill (as contrasted with the theory). CMnajNamYy ¬EdlpÞúyBIsPaBmanEtRTwsþI¦.
b. Customary practice or conduct. x> karRbtibtþi b¤GMeBICaTmøab;
precarious peace snþiPaBpuyRsYy
see also: peace, positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaB/
Precarious means insecure, unstable or snþiPaBCaviC¢man
exposed to danger. A precarious peace is an snþiPaBEbbenHekIteLIg enAeBleTIb)anbBa©b;
end to open warfare in a situation of acute s®gÁamcMhmYyenAkñúgsßanPaBmanTMnas;d¾xøaMg
conflict which is liable to escalate again, i.e. køaEdlGacraldalsaCafµI . KW)anesckþIfa
where “peace” means little more than the Bakü {snþiPaB} kñúgeBlenH vamann½yl¥Cag
temporary absence of war. Sometimes Bakü {karKµans®gÁamCabeNþaHGasnñ} Etbnþic
refered to as fragile peace. bnþÜcb:ueNÑaH .
pre-conflict munekItTMnas;
see also: latent conflict, post-conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;bgáb;
The prefix pre- means “before.” eRkayTMnas;

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 113 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
a. The period before the outbreak of full- k> KWCary³eBlmunkarpÞúHTMnas;d¾FMmYy ehIy
scale conflict, characterised by an escalation kñúgry³eBlenHeKeXIjman karrIkraldal
of tension and instability, and a deterioration sßankarN_twgEtg kMeNInGsßirPaB nigPaBdun
of economic and social conditions. dabénsßankarN_esdækic© nigsgÁmkic© .
b. The term pre-conflict also refers in general x> eKeRbIBaküenHEdr edIm,IniyayGMBIsßanPaB
to conditions before a conflict occurred, e.g. muneBlekItmanTMnas; ]> kRmitsikSaFikarmun
pre-conflict levels of education. eBlmanTMnas; .
prejudice buernicä½y b¤ karvaysµan b¤ karsnñidæanmun
see also: bias, stereotype sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karlMeGog/ pñt;KMnit
An unreasonable negative opinion of people karmanmtiGviC¢manminsmehtuplelIGñkdéT
who are different - especially because of their EdlxusBIxøÜn CaBiessedaysarerOgBUCsasn_
race, sex, religion, etc. – formed without ePT sasna .l. edayBMu)andwgerOgc,as;
sufficient knowledge or actual experience of las;b¤Føab;manbTBiesaFn_CamYyGñkTaMgenaH.
those people. Conflict analysis will often karviPaKTMnas; nwgbgðaj[eXIjnUv buernicä½y
highlight prejudice and other negative images RBmTaMgrUbPaBGviC¢man nigcritÉeTot² Edl
and attitudes that parties have about each PaKImanGMBIKñaeTAvijeTAmk .
other.

prescriptive Edldak;bgÁab;
see elicitive/prescriptive sUmemIlBakü³ EdlbMpusKMnit¼Edldak;bBaØtþi
press release esckþIRbkasBt’man
A formal release to the media of a statement karpþl;CapøÚvkardl;RbB½n§pSBVpSaynUv esckþI
or information by an individual, group or EføgkarN_ b¤Bt’man EdleFVIeLIgedaybuKÁl
institution. Rkum b¤sßab½nNamYy .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 114 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
preventive diplomacy viFIsa®sþpøÚvTUtedIm,IbgáarCamun
see also: diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUt
Diplomatic actions to prevent disputes from skmµPaBkarTUt edIm,IbgáarCemøaHkuM[ekIteLIg
arising between parties, or to prevent existing )anrvagPaKI b¤bgáarCemøaHEdlkMBugmanRsab;kMu
disputes from escalating into conflicts. [rIkraldal .
principled negotiation karcrcaCaeKalkarN_
see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca
An approach to negotiation developed by CaviFImYyénkarcrcaEdlbegáIteLIgedayelak
Fisher and Ury of the Harvard Negotiation hVIsQr nigelakGU‘rI énKMeragkarcrcarbs;
Project and involving “separating the people saklviTüal½y hav:at nigEdlsþIBI {karbMEbk
from the problem,” negotiating on the basis ktþamnusSecjBIktþabBaða} . eKcrcaedayQr
of interests rather than positions, identifying elIplRbeyaCn_ CaCagelICMhrmçag² eKxMrk[
options for mutual gain, and using objective eXIjnUvCMerIsEdleFVI[)ancMeNjTaMgsgxag/
criteria to judge the fairness of any proposed edayeRbIlkçxNÐminlMeGog kñúgkarvinicä½yelI
settlement. KtiyutiþénsMeNIedaHRsayNamYy .
private judging karkat;kþIeRkAtulakar
see also: arbitration sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar
A process agreed to by the parties where a CadMeNIrkarmYy EdlRBmeRBogedayPaKITaMg
dispute is presented to a neutral third party, sgxagkñúgkaresñI[PaKIGBüaRkwtTIbI ¬eRcInCa
typically an experienced lawyer or retired emFavI b¤ecARkm EdlmanbTBiesaFn_¦ CYy
judge, who is hired by the parties and renders edaHRsayTMnas; ehIyPaKITaMgBIrsnüafa nwg
a binding decision. eKarBtamkarkat;kþIenaH .
proactive epþImKMnitskmµCamun/ skmµRKb;RKg
Creating or controlling a situation by taking pþÜcepþIm[man b¤RtYtRtasßankarN_NamYy
the initiative or anticipating rather than edayepþImKMniteFVIGVImYy b¤KitTukCamun CaCagcaM
merely reacting to events. EteqøIytbeTAnwgsßankarN_ .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 115 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
problem cMeNaT b¤ bBaða
problem identification karkMNt;bBaða
see also: problem-solving approach sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karedaHcMeNaT
The initial step in the problem-solving KWCaCMhandMbUgkñúgkaredaHcMeNaT edayeFVIbBa¢I
approach, where a list is made of common mYyénbBaðaTaMgLayCaTUeTA rYcehIyeFVIsa
problems or issues stated in a simple and eLIgvijedaybnSl;TukEt bBaðaNaEdlTaMg
general way, and re-framed to make them sgxagTTYlsÁal;rYmKñafa mandUecñaHEmn .
acceptable to all parties.

problem-posing approach viFIsa®sþkñúgkarelIkbBaða


see also: action learning cycle, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vdþeronsURtBI
elicitive/prescriptive skmµPaB/ EdlbMpusKMnit¼Edldak;bBaØtþi
A pedagogical approach developed by Paulo viFIKruviTüamYyEdlbegáIteLIgedayelak )a:vLÚ
Freire, in which people become active ERhVr nigEdleFVI[mnusSkøayCaGñkcUlrYm
participants in examining problems of concern skmµkñúgkarBinitübBaðaCakgVl;rYm CaCagRKan;
to them rather than passive recipients of Etrg;caMTTYlnUvcMeNHdwgRsab;² . kñúgviFIenH
knowledge. As part of this approach, learning kareronsURtRtUvTak;TineTAnwgCIvitkñúgsgÁmCak;
should be relevant to the social context of the Esþgrbs;smaCikEdlcUlrYm nigbegáInsmtßPaB
learner’s lives and should empower them to rbs;BYkeK [cUlrYmedaHRsayy:agskmµnUv
deal actively with the issues they face. bBaða EdleKCYbRbTH .
problem-solving approach viFIsa®sþedaHRsaybBaða
see also: collaborative problem-solving, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/
decision-making kareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ
An approach which involves defining the CaviFImYyEdlbgðajfa TMnas;CabBaðarYm ehIy
conflict as a common problem and working in RtUveFVIshRbtibtþikarCamYyPaKIÉeTot edIm,I
cooperation with other parties to find rkdMeNaHRsay . vapÞúyRsLHGMBIviFIRbQm
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 116 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
solutions. It can be contrasted with the dak;KñaEdlPaKITMnas;emIlKñafa CaPaKIRbqaMg
adversarial approach which views the other EdlRtUvEtp©aj;[)an ehIyminRtUveFVIshRbti
disputants as opponents or enemies to be btþikarCamYyeLIy .
defeated, rather than cooperated with.
problem-solving workshop sikçasalaedaHRsaybBaða
Informal, off-the-record meetings (usually CakarCYbKñaeRkApøÚvkar¬CaFmµtaeRcInéf¶¦ eday
over several days) where unofficial KµankMNt;ehtu EdlcUlrYmedaysmaCik¬Kµan
representatives of the parties to protracted, karEtgtaMgCapøÚvkar¦énKUPaKIkñúg TMnas;mYy
deep-rooted conflict engage in collaborative EdlsIuCMerAnigGUsbnøayyUrmkehIy . eKeFVI
analysis of the conflict as a shared problem viPaKCamYyKñanUv TMnas;edaycat;TukvaCabBaða
and generate alternative options for action. rYm nwgbMpuseLIgnUvCMerIsTaMgLaysMrab;eFVI
Participants are typically selected mid-level skmµPaB . GñkcUlrYmeRcInEtCatYGgÁfñak;
actors who have knowledge of the conflict and kNþalEdldwgc,as;GMBITMnas; nigEdlGacCH
are in a position to influence key decision- \T§iBleTAelIGñksMerccitþ . eBlxøHeKehAviFI
makers. Sometimes also referred to as enHfa{karrYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða} b¤ {karBieRKaH
interactive problem-solving or third-party eyabl;CamYyPaKITIbI} .
consultation.
problem tree edImeQIbBaða
see also: conflict tree sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ edImeQITMnas;
A graphic tool for group problem analysis in Ca]bkrN_RkahVik sMrab;eFVIviPaKbBaðaCaRkumkñúg
community development. The diagram of a karGPivDÆn_shKmn_ . rUbedImeQIEdlman
tree with roots, trunk and branches is used as b£s edIm nigEmk RtUveKykmkeRbICa]bkrN_
an aid to identify the main problems and CMnYy sMrab;rkemIlbBaðasMxan;² nigpSarP¢ab;
establish the cause and effect relationships ktþamUlehtu eTAnwgktþalT§pl . ]bkrN_enH
between these problems. It ensures that ‘root CYyeK[rkeXIj {b¤sKl;énbBaða} ehIyedaH
causes’ are identified and addressed, not just Rsayva edayBMuEmnRKan;EtedaHRsaynUveraK
the symptoms of the problems. sBaØaénbBaðabu:eNÑaHeT .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 117 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
procedural justice yutþiFm’tamnItiviFI
see concepts of justice sUmemIlBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’
procedural problems bBaðaekItmkBInItiviFI
Problems which arise from decision making KWCabBaðaEdlekItmkBI nItiviFIkñúgkareFVIesckþI
procedures which do not consider relevant sMerccitþ EdlBMu)anKitdl;ktþaCak;Esþg b¤k¾
facts or the interests and needs of stakeholders, plRbeyaCn_nigtMrUvkarrbs;GñkBak;B½n§ b¤mYy
or which do not follow established and BMu)anKitdl; dMeNIrkarEdlRtUv)anbegáIteLIg
accepted processes. These can intensify and nigmankaryl;RBmrYcmkehIy . bBaðaenHGac
complicate disputes which might be resolved eFVI[TMnas;kan;Ettantwg nigsaMjúaMxøaMgeLIg
relatively easily if proper procedures were ehIyerOgenHeKGaceCosvag)an ebIsinCaeK
followed. GnuvtþnUv nItiviFImYysmRsb .
process dMeNIrkar
see also: procedural problems sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bBaðaekItmkBInItiviFI
a. A series of actions or operations performed k> skmµPaB b¤RbtibtiþkarmYyExSEdleFVIeLIg
in order to do, make or achieve something, edIm,IsMercnUvGVImYy ]>dMeNIrkarksagsnþiPaB.
e.g. a peacebuilding process. x> EbbbTEdlGVImYyRtUv)aneFVIeLIg b¤ EbbbT
b. The way something is done, or the way EdlmnusSeFVIkarCamYyKña ]> dMeNIrkarénkar
that people work together, e.g. decision- eFVIesckþIsMerccitþ KWsMedAGMBInItiviFI b¤EbbbT
making process refers to the procedures or EdlesckþIsMerccitþRtUv)aneFVIeLIg CaCagGMBI
the way that decisions are made rather than xøwmsarenAkñúgesckþIsMerccitþenaH .
their content.

projection karqøúHbBa©aMgRtLb;
a. In psychoanalytic theory, a defence k> enAkñúg®TwsþIviPaKcitþsa®sþ KWCaynþkarkar
mechanism in which various unaccepted BarxøÜnmYyEdlkñúgenaH KMnit nigsnÞúHcitþTaMg
thoughts and impulses are externalised by b:unµan EdlBMuGacTTYlyk)an RtUvbeBa©jmk
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 118 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
attributing them to another person rather than edayniyaydak;eTAmnusSmñak;eTot CaCagdak;
oneself, e.g. “I hate you” becomes “you hate elIxøÜnÉg ]> eKRtUvniyayfa {´s¥b;GñkÉg}
me.” EtEbrCafa {GñkÉgs¥b;´} eTAvij
b. The assumption that other people act or x> karEdlKitfaGñkÉeToteKeFVI b¤KitdUceyIg
perceive in a similar way to us, e.g. people ]> mnusSEdlemIlgayGñkdéT ecHEtKitfaGñk
who “look down” on others will assume that déTemIlgayxøÜnEdr .
others also “look down” on them.

propaganda kareXasna
a. Public dissemination of information, k> karpSaydMNwgCasaFarN³ eTaHBit b¤eFVI[
whether truthful or deceptive, intended to xkcitþkþI kñúgbMNgeFVI[eKsÁal;eKaledACayuT§
promote strategic or ideological objectives. sa®sþ b¤eKaledAxagmenaKmviC¢aepSg² .
b. False or inaccurate information used by a x> Bt’manxusb¤BMuRtwmRtUveRbIR)as; eday
government or political party to win public rdæaPi)al b¤ KNbkSneya)ay edIm,ITTYl)an
opinion. karKaMRTBIsaFarN³mti .
protracted social conflict TMnas;sgÁmyUrGEgVg
see also: conflict, deep-rooted conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;/ TMnas;cak;
Protracted means for an extended or prolonged b£ssµúKsµaj
period of time. Protracted social conflicts are CaTMnas;ekItmanyUrmkehIy rvag RbCaCati/
long-term conflicts among national, ethnic, CatiBn§/ sasna b¤Rkumvb,Fm’ EdlemIleTA
religious, or cultural communities that are eXIjfaBi)akedaHRsay . eRcInekItmkBIbBaða
difficult or apparently impossible to resolve. suICeRmA dUcCa GtþsBaØaN/ snþisux/ karminesµI
They often involve deep-rooted issues of PaBCalkçN³rcnasm<½n§/ nig »kas)ancUlrYm
identity, security, structural inequalities and y:ageBjelj .
opportunities for effective participation.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 119 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
public consultation karBieRKaHsMueyabl;saFarNCn
A process allowing earlier, more meaningful, CadMeNIrkarEdlGnuBaØat[man karcUlrYmBI
and wider public participation in decision- dMbUg nigy:agTUlMTUlayBIsaFarNCn kñúgkar
making and influence in the outcome of a sMerccitþ nigCH\T§iBleTAelIlT§pléneKal
policy or decision to be made by government neya)ay b¤ esckþIsMerccitþEdleFVIeLIgeday
or private business, etc. Different approaches rdæaPi)al b¤ CMnYjÉkCn . eKeRbIviFIeRcInEbb
include publication of future plans, hearings, dUcCa karpSayGMBIKMerageTAGnaKt svnakar/
advisory bodies, and complaint/ombudsman RkumRbwkSaeyabl; nignItiviFIkñúgkarTTYlbNþwg
procedures. b¤EtgtaMgGñktMNagrdæedaHRsayvivaT .
public declaration esckþIRbkasCasaFarN³
see also: conflict of interest sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;plRbeyaCn_
a. A written public statement or announcement k> CaÉksarRbkasCasaFarN³ b¤esckþIEføg GMBI
of intentions, terms of an agreement, etc. ectna/ GMBIlkçxNÐénkic©RBmeRBog .l.
b. An open declaration of assets or gifts x> karRbkasCacMhnUvRTBüsm,tþi b¤GMeNay
received by people in public office, used as a EdlTTYl)aneBlkan;muxtMENgsaFarN³ .
means of promoting transparency and avoiding eKeFVIdUecñHkñúgbMNgbegáIntmøaPaB nigeCosvag
conflicts of interest. TMnas;plRbeyaCn_ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 120 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
pyramid analysis karviPaKtamsaCIRCug b¤ tam BIra:mIt
see also: actors and approaches, multi-level sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþ
triangles epSg²/ RtIekaNBhukRmit
A graphic tool used to analyse conflicts that Ca]bkrN_RkahViksMrab;eFVIviPaKnUv TMnas;Edl
have more than one level. Considering each manelIsBImYykMrit . karBicarNaelIkMrit
level helps to identify key actors and nImYy² GacCYy[rkeXIjnUvtYGgÁ nig FnFan
resources and how they relate to each other sMxan;² RBmTaMgTMnak;TMngKñaeTAvijeTAmk
both within the same level (horizontally) and TaMgkñúgkMritesµIKña ¬ExSTTwg¦ TaMgkñúgkMritxusKña
between levels (vertically). ¬ExSbeNþay¦ .

tic

kMritTI1 Rb
¬kMBUl¦ Ca
Level One
(Top)
C
n
Ed
kMritTI2 ¬kNþal¦ l
Level Two (Middle)
b:H
Ba
l;
kMritTI3 ¬mUldæan¦
Level Three (Grassroots)

eRcIn

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 121 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
questioning sil,³kñúgkarsaksYr
see also: closed question, communication skills sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sMnYrbiT/
or tools, open question CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg
Asking appropriate questions is an essential b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg/ sMnYrebIk
aspect of skilful communication, which can karecHsYrsMnYrsmRsbCaTidæPaBmYyd¾sMxan;én
help to build relationships and to transform CMnajkñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg nigkñúgkarksag
conflict. In addition to eliciting information, sm<½n§PaB nigEkERbTMnas; . eRkABIkarcMraj;)an
good questioning and listening can also help Bt’man/ karecHsYr nigecHsþab; GacCYyGñk
others to become more aware of their own déT[kan;Etyl;GMBIehtupl tRmUvkar nig
motives, needs and interests. plRbeyaCn_rbs;eKpÞal; .
race BUCsasn_
The main groups that people are divided into RkummnusSsMxan;² EdlEbgEckeTAtamBN’
according to the colour of their skin and other sm,úr nigPinPaKragkayepSg²eTot .
physical features.
racism Rbkan;BUCsasn_niym
a. The belief that the members of each race k> CMenOEdlfa smaCikénCatisasn_nImYy²
possess specific characteristics and abilities manlkçN³sm,tþi nigsmtßPaBBiess² Edl
that distinguishes them as superior or inferior GacsMKal;)anfa BYkeKRbesIrCag b¤Gn;Cag
to other races. sasn_déT .
b. Prejudice or discrimination towards x> buernicä½y b¤karerIseGIgRbqaMgnwgGñkNamñak;
someone based on their racial origins. A edayQrelIBUCsasn_edImrbs;eK. mnusSEdl
person who believes or acts in this way is Kit b¤eFVIskmµPaBEbbenH ehAfa {CnRbkan;
called a racist. BUCsasn_} .
rapport karTak;TgKña
A relationship characterised by mutual karTMnak;TMngKñaedayQrelIkaryl;citþKña
understanding and empathy. eTAvijeTAmk.
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 122 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
reaction Rbtikmµ
see also: fight-flee, response sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RbQmmux-rt;eKc/
A reaction is any conditioned, habitual kareqøIytb
response to an external stimulus. Habitual KWCakareqøIytbtamTmøab; eTAnwgGVIEdl)an
reactions to conflict or danger must be TTYlmkBIxageRkA . eKRtUvyl;[)anc,as;
understood in order to develop alternative, GMBkI areqøyI tbCaTmøab;eTAnwgTMnas; b¤eTAnwg
more skilful responses. eRKaHfñak;NamYy edIm,IGaceFVIkareqøIytbtam
EbbepSgeTotEdlmanlkçN³buinRbsBVCag.
recommendation Gnusasn_
reconciliation karpSHpSaeT,IgvijJ
see also: conciliation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpSHpSa
The process of restoring and rebuilding CadMeNIrkarksageLIgvijnUvTMnak;TMng rvag
relationships between people that have been mnusSEdl)anEbk)ak;KñaedaysarTMnas; .
divided by conflict.

reconstruction/recovery karksageLIgvij¼ karCasHes,IyeLIgvij


see also: post-conflict ¼kardwgxøÜneLIgvij
Post-conflict or post-war efforts to rebuild a sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eRkayTMnas;
functioning society, chiefly through CakarRbwgERbgeRkays®gÁam b¤eRkayTMnas;
infrastructure and economic reconstruction, edIm,IksageLIgvijnUvsgÁmmYy EdlGacdMenIr
establishing democratic institutions, etc. Full kar)an CaBiess karksagehdæarcnasm<n½ e§ sdæ
post-conflict recovery requires an integrated kic©/ karbegáItsßab½nRbCaFibetyü.l. karpSHpSa
approach to reconciliation, economic eRkayTMnas;de¾ Bjelj tMrUv[bBa©lÚ KñanUv karpSH
development and reform. pSaeLIgvij karGPivDÆn_esdækci © nigkarEkTRmg; .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 123 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
referee GaCJakNþal
see also: arbitration, private judging sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karvinicä½y/ karkat;kþI
eRkAtulakar
In dispute resolution, a neutral third party, kñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; KWCaPaKITI3GBüaRkwt
typically appointed by a court, who arbitrates EdlCaFmµtaEtgtaMgedaytulakar ehIyEdl
one or more issues under prescribed rules. kat;kþIelIbBaðamYy b¤eRcIn tamc,ab;Edl)an
kMNt; .
referendum RbCamti
The process of referring an important KWCadMeNIrkarelIkeLIgnUvbBaðaneya)aysMxan;
political issue (e.g. an amendment to the NamYy ¬]> eFVIviesaFnkmµrdæFmµnuBaئ sYreTA
constitution) to the electorate to be decided RbCaBlrdæ[seRmccitþ tamkare)aHeqñatCa
by a popular vote. sakl .
reframing karerobcMKeRmagniyayeLIgvij
see also: communication skills or tools sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg
b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
Reframing is the process of changing the CadMeNIkarpøas;bþÚrbribT b¤ {eRKag} eTAelI
context or “frame” around a message to make esckþIEføgNamYy edIm,I[manlkçN³sßabna
it more constructive, less offensive or kMu[GviC¢maneBk nigCYy[karCECkKñaGaceTA
negative, or to help move dialogue forward. mux . viFIenHtRmUv[rk[eXIjnUvplRbeyaCn_
It involves identifying underlying interests Edlbgáb; ehIyelIkvabgðajmksafµICalkçN³
and restating them in a positive way. It is a viC¢man . vaCa]bkrN_mYyd¾xøaMgkøakñúgkar
powerful communication tool for moving R)aRs½yTak;Tg edIm,IQanBIkarExVgmtiKña eTA
from differences to potential common rkmUldæanrYmNamYyCayfaehtu . ]bkrN_
ground, to be used by conflictants or by third enHeRbIR)as;edayPaKITMnas; b¤PaKITIbI .
parties.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 124 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
refugee CnePosxøÜn
see also: displacement sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøg
edaybgçMcitþ
Someone who has been forced to leave their CaCnmñak; EdlRtUv)anbgçM[cakecjBIRbeTs
own country and seek refuge elsewhere to rbs;xøÜn ehIyEsVgrkkarRCkekanenARbeTs
escape war or persecution. déT edIm,IeKcBIs®gÁam b¤BIkarpþnÞaeTas .
regulatory negotiation karcrcaerobcMc,ab;Tmøab;
see also: principled negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrcaCaeKalkarN_
The use of mediated negotiations in the CakareRbIR)as;karcrcatamkarsMruHsMrYl edIm,I
setting of regulations, in which the interested erobcMc,ab;Tmøab; EdlenAkñúgenaH PaKIBak;B½n§
party and the responsible agency are brought nigPaKIsMruHsMrYl CYbCMuKñaedIm,IerobcMxñat KMrU b¤
together to develop standards and procedures nItiviFIEdlTaMgGs;KñaGacTTYlyk)an .
that are mutually acceptable.

reintegration smahrNkmµCafµI
see also: demobilisation, disarmament, post- sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karrMsay/
conflict kardkhUtsBaVvuF/ eRkayTMnas;
The process of integrating combatants back CadMeNIrkarbBa©ÚlGtItyuT§Cn eTAkñúgsgÁmCati
into society. In post-war recovery, vij . kñúgdMNak;kalpSHrbYseRkays®gÁam
reintegration is seen as part of disarmament, manEpñkTaMgbIy:agsMxan;KW kardkhUt sBaVvuF/
demobilisation and reintegration (DDR). karrMsay nigsmahrNkmµCafµI .
response kareqøIytb
see also: reaction sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Rbtikmµ
A response to a situation is more informed, kareqøyI tbeTAnwgsßankarN_NamYy KWmanlkçN³
thoughtful and creative than a compulsive or dwgerOg føgw Eføg nigécñRbDit/ dUecñHvaRbesIrCag
habitual reaction. RbtikmµeTAtamEtTmøab; b¤edaysarGt;RTaMBMu)an .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 125 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
responses to conflict kareqøIytbeTAnwgTMnas;
see approaches to conflict, conflict style sUmemIlBakü³ rebobedaHRsayTMnas;/
critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;
responsibility karTTYlxusRtUv
restitution karpþl;sMNg/ karEkéx[vij
a. The process of bringing something back to k> kareFVIGVImYy[RtLb;eTArksPaBedImvij
its original state by replacing, repairing, etc. edayCMnYsb¤edayCYsCul .l.
b. The act of restoring or giving back to the x>karbgVilsgGVImYyEdlRtUv)anlYceTA[m©as;
owner something that was stolen, or of edImvij b¤ karecjsMNgxUcxatelIRTBüsm,tþi
paying for damage to property or injury. b¤sñamrbYs .
restorative justice yutþiFm’tamsMNg
see also: concepts of justice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’
Restorative justice is designed to heal the yutþiFm’EbbenHeFVIeLIg edIm,IpSHpSaTMnak;TMng
relationship between victim and offender rvagCnrgeRKaH nigGñkRbRBwtþi/ CaCagkardak;
rather than to punish the wrongdoer. This TNÐkmµeTAelIGñkxus. vatMrUv[mankarsMueTas
requires apology from the offender, BIGñkxus karpþl;sMNg nigkarGt;eGaneTasBI
restitution for the offence, and forgiveness GñkrgeRKaH . CaFmµtakic©karenHeFVIeLIgtam
from the victim, usually through victim- ry³ karsRmuHsRmYlrvagGñkrgeRKaH nigGñk
offender mediation. RbRBwtþixus .
retribution kardak;eTas
Punishment that is deserved as a result of karBin½ysmeTAtamkarRbRBwtþixus . CaerOy²
wrongdoing. Often given with a sense of vamanlkçN³Cakartbt b¤Cakarsgswkvij .
retaliation or revenge.
retributive justice yutþiFm’tamkarBin½y b¤ sgswk
see concepts of justice sUmemIlBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 126 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
revenge karsgswk
rights siT§i
see also: human rights sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ siT§imnusS
Legal, official or moral entitlements or karmanlT§PaB b¤esrIPaB tampøÚvc,ab; tam
freedoms, including the United Nations pøÚvkar b¤tampøÚvsIlFm’ edayrYmTaMgesckþIEføg
Universal Declaration of Human Rights, karN_Casaklrbs;GgÁkarshRbCaCati sþIGMBI
rights enshrined in national constitutions, and siT§imnusS/ TaMgrdæFmµnuBaØCati/ TaMgsiT§iCa
other legal and customary rights, such as the TMenomTmøab;epSgeTotEdlRsbc,ab; dUcCa
right of access to common property siT§ieRbIR)as;FnFanrYm/ siT§iqøgkat;dIFøIEdlmin
resources, or the right to cross property EmnCarbs;xøÜn ¬siT§ieRbIpøÚv¦ .
which does not belong to oneself (right of
way).
rights dispute vivaTGMBIsiT§i
see also: interest dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTGMBIplRbeyaCn_
A labour dispute related to an existing right, CaCemøaHkargarmYy Bak;B½n§eTAnwgsiT§iEdlFana
under law, contract or collective bargaining edayc,ab;/ xsnüab¤GnusBaØarYm .l. ]> siT§i
agreement, etc., e.g. the legal right to a tamc,ab;kñúgkar)ankéRmtamGRtamYy sMrab;
certain rate of pay for overtime work. eBleFVIkarelIsem:ag .
role-play karsMEdgtY
A simulation of a real-life situation in which CakarsMEdg dUcenAkñúgsßankarN_énCIvitBit²
training participants act the parts of other EdlsikçakamedIrtYeFVICabuKÁlepSg . Qutqak
characters. Role-plays created by participants begáItedayGñkcUlrYm edayQrelIbTBiesaFn_
based on their actual experience of conflict Cak;EsþgénsßankarN_TMnas; GacCYy[rk
situations can help to identify and practice eXIj nigeronGnuvtþnUvkareqøIytbd¾smRsb
appropriate responses to conflict within that eTAnwgTMnas; enAkñúgbribTenaH . qakerobeRsc

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 127 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
context. A set piece is a role-play where the KWCakarsMEdgtYEdlkMNt;CamunedayRKUbegÁal
characters are pre-determined by trainers in edIm,IeronGnuvtþCMnajBiessNamYy dUcCa
order to practice specific skills such as karR)aRs½yTak;Tg b¤karsRmuHsRmYl .
communication or mediation skills.
round table RbCMutumUl
see also: dialogue sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsnÞna
A round table discussion is one where CakarBiPakSamYy EdlRKb;KñaGaccUlrYm)an
everyone can participate equally, with y:agesµIPaB edaymankarRBmeRBogelIbT
mutually agreed guidelines and a facilitator, ENnaM nigelIGñksRmbsRmYl . CaviFIedIm,I
used as a way to promote dialogue between CMruj[mankarCECkKñarvagPaKIBak;B½n§ .
stakeholders.

rumour BaküccamGaram
Unverified or unconfirmed information that CaBt’manEdlKµankarRtYtBinitü b¤karbBa¢ak;
is passed from person to person in a EdlqøgBImñak;eTAmñak; enAkñúgshKmn_mYy.
community.

saving face karrkSamuxmat;


see face / face-saving sUmemIlBakü³ muxmat;¼karrkSamuxmat;
scapegoat GñkrgkMhusGñkÉeTot
see also: prejudice, stereotype sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ buernicä½y/ pñt;KMnit
A person who is intentionally blamed or CaCnEdleKsþIbenÞas b¤dak;eTasedayectna
punished for someone else’s mistake or sMrab;kMhusEdlGñkepSg)aneFVI . RkummnusS
wrongdoing, when it is not their fault. EdleKmanpñt;KMnitminl¥eTAelI KWeRcInEtCaGñk
Stereotyped groups are often victims of rgeRKaHCMnYsGñkdéT sMrab;bBaðaepSg²Edlman
scapegoating for the problems in a particular enAkñúgsgÁm .
society.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 128 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
shuttle diplomacy dMeNIrkarpøÚvTUtRtLb;cuHeLIg
see also: diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUt
International negotiations conducted by a karcrcaelIqakGnþrCati EdlmanGñksMruHsMrYl
mediator travelling repeatedly between the eFVIdMeNIrcuHeLIgrvagRbeTsBak;B½n§ .
countries concerned.

shuttle mediation karsMruHsMrYlRtLb;cuHeLIg


see also: mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsMruHsMrYl
A stage of the mediation process where KWCadMNak;kalmYyéndMeNIrkarsMruHsMrYl Edl
parties do not meet or communicate directly, PaKITMnas;BuMTak;TgKñaedayRtg;eLIy ehIyGñk
and the mediator goes back and forth sMruHsMrYleTAmkcuHeLIg edIm,ICYbPaKITaMgsg
(“shuttles”) to meet separately with each xagdac;BIKña . viFIenHGacmanRbeyaCn_enAeBl
side. This may be necessary at the beginning eKcab;epþImsMruHsMrYl b¤kñúgTMnas;Edlkan;Ettwg
of mediation, or if the process deteriorates, Etg ehIyEdlKµankarTukcitþKñarvagKUPaKI .
especially in very polarised conflicts where
there is a lack of trust between the parties.

skill CMnaj
social boycott kareFVIBhikarrbs;sgÁm
When a society collectively refuses to engage sßankarN_enHekItman enAeBlEdlsgÁmmYy
in normal social and commercial relations )anbdiesFCasmUhPaB BMuRBmmanTMnak;TMng
with an individual or group, with the aim of xagsgÁmkic© b¤BaNiC¢kmµudUcFmµta CamYyGñk
making life uncomfortable to the point that Namñak; b¤RkumNamYy kñúgeKalbMNgeFVI[CIvit
they will decide to leave. The strategy does BYkenaHkan;EtlM)ak ehIysMerccitþedIrecj
not involve violence or destruction of edayxønÉg . kñúgyuT§sa®sþenH BMumankar
property etc. eRbIGMeBIhigSa b¤karbMpøajRTBüsm,tþi>>> eT.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 129 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
social change karpøas;bþÚrkñúgsgÁm
see also: active nonviolence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ
a. The ways in which the characteristics of k> lMnaMbgðaj[eXIjnUvkarpøas;bþÚrénlkçN³
social systems change. TaMgLayenAkñúgRbB½n§sgÁm .
b. The structural transformation of political, x> CakarEkERbEbbEpnénRbB½n§xag neya)ay
social and economic systems to create a more sgÁmkic© nigesdækic© edIm,IksagsgÁmmYy
equitable and just society, brought about Rbkbeday smFm’ nigyutþiFm’ tamry³kar
through advocacy, awareness-raising and ts‘Umti karbegáInkaryl;dwg karGb;rMsaFarN³
public education, popular mobilisation, and karRbmUlRbCaCn[KaMRT nigmeFüa)ayGhigSa
other nonviolent means. epSg²eTot .
social conflict TMnas;kñúgsgÁm
see also: conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;
Conflict over inequality of power and KWCaTMnas;enAelIPaBminesµIKñaénGMNac nig
authority, discrimination, income, access to smtßkic©/ elI karerIseGIg R)ak;kMér kareRbI
resources, opportunities, etc. within and R)as;FnFan »kas .l. enAkñúgRkum nigrvag
between different social groups. RkumepSg²kñúgsgÁm .
sphere of influence Edn\T§iBl
A person’s sphere of influence contains the enAkñúgEdn\T§iBl rbs;GñkNamñak; KWmanGVI²
things that they are able to influence. It is EdleKGacCH\T§iBleTAelI . CYnkaleKeRbob
sometimes compared to the sphere of eFobeTAnwg {EdnénkarykcitþTukdak;} Edl
concern, which is the wider sphere of things manTMhMFMeFg EdleKkgVl;kñúgkarykcitþTuk
that they are concerned about, but may not be dak; k¾b:uEnþeKGacnwgKµanlT§PaBCH\Ti§Bl eTA
in a position to influence. elI)an .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 130 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
spoilers PaKIraMgsÞH
Parties who obstruct the effective KWCaPaKIbgá]bsKÁ kñúgkarGnuvtþn_kic©Qb;)aj;
implementation of a ceasefire or a peace Kñab¤dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB edaykareRbIhigSab¤
process, and use violence or other methods to meFüa)ayepSgeTot eRBaHeKeXIjfa snþiPaB
achieve this, because they see peace as a vaKMramkMEhgdl;GMNac nigplRbeyaCn_rbs;
threat to their power or interests and can eK ehIyeK)ancMenjCagkñúgkarminGnuvtþtam.
benefit more from non-compliance. karKitbBa©Úl b¤karRKb;RKg PaKIraMgsÞH KWCa
Incorporating or managing spoilers is a major bBaðaRbQmd¾FMmYy sMrab;eCaKC½y b¤braC½yén
challenge in the success or failure of peace dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB .
processes.

stable peace snþiPaBsßitsßir


see also: peace, positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaB/
snþiPaBCaviC¢man
A long-standing relationship between two TMnak;TMngd¾Cab;lab;rvagRbeTsBIr EdlenAkñúg
countries in which war or the threat of force enaH s®gÁam b¤karKMrameRbIkmøaMg ElgCacemøIy
is no longer considered to be an acceptable or GacTTYlyk)aneTotehIy kñúgCemøaHGVImYy
possible response to any dispute between rvagRbeTsTaMgBIr .
them.

stages of conflict dMNak;kalénTMnas;


see also: conflict, conflict analysis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;/ viPaKTMnas;
A graphic tool that shows changes in the Ca]bkrN_RkahVik EdlbgðajGMBIkarERbRbYl
intensity of conflict over time. The basic énkmøaMgTMnas;eTAtamkalevla . karviPaKCa
analysis uses five stages, which generally mUldæaneRbIR)as;kRmitR)aMfñak; EdlCaFmµta
occur in order and may reoccur in similar EtgekIteLIghUrEhtamlMdab; nigGacekItsa
cycles: pre-conflict, confrontation, crisis, CafµIkñúgvdþRsedog²Kña³ munTMnas;/ karRbQm
outcome, and post-conflict. dak;Kña/ vibtiþ/ lT§pl/ nig eRkayTMnas; .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 131 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
stakeholder Cn b¤ PaKIrYmcMENk b¤ PaKIBak;B½n§
see also: participatory decision-making sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ esckþIseRmccitþ
edaymankarcUlrYm
a. A person with an interest or a concern in k> CaGñkEdlmanplRbeyaCn_ b¤manCab;Tak;
something. TgnwgGVImYy .
b. Any person or group that can affect or is x> nrNamñak; b¤RkumNamYyEdlGacEkERb b¤
affected by a conflict or decision. TTYlkarb:HBal;BITMnas;b¤esckþIsMercNamYy.
Responsible conflict management and karsMerccitþ b¤karRKb;RKgTMnas;EdlmanPaB
decision-making requires consideration of the TTYlxusRtUv tMrUv[mankarykcitþTukdak;BIpl
effects on all stakeholders. vi)akEdlnwgCHeTAelIPaKIBak;B½n§TaMgGs;.
stakeholder analysis kareFVIviPaKGMBICn b¤ PaKIrYmcMENk b¤
see also: conflict analysis PaKIBak;B½n§
A tool for identification and analysis of who sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karviPaKTMnas;
is involved in a conflict, where their interests Ca]bkrN_sMrab;rkemIlb¤viPaKBI GñkEdlTak;
lie, and how they relate to each other in terms TinkñúgTMnas; fa etIplRbeyaCn_eKenARtg;Na
of power and influence. This can also help to nig etITMnak;TMngGMNacnig\Ti§BlrvagBYkeK
identify common ground, and develop many:agdUcemþc . vaGacCYy[rkeXIjnUv
strategies to get the most effective support mUldæanrYm nigyuT§sa®sþsMrab;EsVgrkkarKaMRT
for and reduce any obstacles to successful d¾skþisiT§i nigkat;bnßy]bsKÁ QaneTAdl;
intervention. kareFVIGnþraKmn_edayeCaKC½y .
standard xñatKMrU b¤ maRtdæan b¤ sþg;da
statement esckþIEføgkarN_
status quo sPaBenAdEdl

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 132 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
stereotype karmanpñt;KMnitelIGVImYy/ pñt;KMnit
see also: prejudice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ buernicä½y
The generalised image created when enAeBlEdleKmanbuernicä½yeTAelIRkumNamYy
prejudice towards a particular group is eKEtgEtbegáIt rUbPaBTUeTAmYysMrab;RkumenaH
standardised and oversimplified to the extent rhUtTal;EtsmaCikTaMgGs;énRkumenaH RtUveK
that all members of that group are seen as emIleXIjfamanlkçN³GviC¢manenaHdUc²Kña .
having the same (negative) traits.
strategy yuT§sa®sþ
see also: tactic sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§viFI
The skill of careful planning to achieve a KWCa karbuinRbsb;kñúgkarerobEpnkaredayRbug
desired goal. The application of strategic Rby½tñ edIm,IsMerceKaledAGVImYy . karKitKUr
thinking and planning has been very well nigerobEpnkarCayuT§sa®sþ EdlGnuvtþ)anl¥
developed in war, and must also be applied in Nas;kñúgeBls®gÁam KWRtUvykmkeRbIpgEdr
successful peacebuilding and conflict kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB nigRKb;RKgTMnas; [)an
management. eCaKC½y .
stress PaBtantwgkñúgGarmµN_
see also: tension, trauma sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ PaBtantwg/
rbYspøÚvcitþ
A state of mental or emotional strain or sßanPaBGarmµN_ b¤pøÚvcitþEdltantwg ehIy
tension, also producing physical effects, EdlCH\T§iBleTAelIragkay bNþalmkBIkar
caused by a response to a difficult experience RtUvtbteTAnwgsßankarN_ b¤bTBiesaFn_d¾Bi)ak
or situation. NamYy .
strike eFVIkUdkmµ
see also: cooling-off period, lockout sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ry³eBlsMrab;
An organised, collective refusal of employees eFVI[PaKIvivaTRtCak;citþnwgKñaeLIgvij/ LúkeGA
to work, as a protest and in order to obtain a CakarRbEkkrYm BMuRBmcUleFVIkar erobcMeLIg
concession from their employer as a condition edaybuKÁlik edIm,ITamTarGVImYyBInieyaCik Ca
of their return to work. The Cambodian

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 133 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Labour Law details which strikes are lawful fñÚrnwgkarRtLb;cUleFVIkarvij . c,ab;kargar
and unlawful. In general, there should be no km<úCa manbBa¢ak;BI kUdkmµRsbc,ab; nigkUd
strikes (or lockouts) until the period of kmµminRsbc,ab; . CaTUeTA GacmankUdkmµ
conciliation and arbitration has been ¬b¤LúkeGA¦ )an luHRtaEtkarsRmuHsRmYl
exhausted. nigkarkat;kþI RtUv)ansakl,grYcGs;ehIy .
structural violence GMeBIhigSaEdlmanCarcnasm<½n§
see also: latent conflict, peace, positive peace, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;bgáb;/ snþiPaB/
violence snþiPaBCaviC¢man/ GMeBIhigSa
Popularised by Johan Galtung, the concept of KMnitsþIGMBIhigSaCarcnasm½<n§ RtUv)anpSBVpSay
structural violence is when damage to an [eKsÁal;edayelak cUhan hÁal;Tug Edl
individual or group occurs because of an briyayGMBIkarxUcxatrbs;buKÁl b¤RkumNamYy
unequal distribution of resources (or access bNþalmkBIkarEbgEckFnFanBMuesµIKña ¬b¤karBMu
to them) in a given society, even where no )aneRbIR)as;FnFanTaMgenaH¦ enAkñúgsgÁmmYy
force or direct violence is used. This broader eTaHbICaBuMmankareRbIkmøaMg b¤GMeBIhigSaeday
understanding of violence is linked to the cMeBaHk¾eday . karyl;eXIjd¾TUlMTUlayEbb
concept of positive peace. enHGMBIhigSa vapSarP¢ab;eTAnwg TsSn³sþIGMBI
snþiPaBCaviC¢man .
summarise srubcMNucsMxan; b¤ segçb
see also: active listening, communication skills sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsþab;skmµ/ CMnaj
or tools b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
Summarising is a communication skill that CaCMnajmYykñúgTMnak;TMng sMrab;bRgYjkar
condenses the main points of a longer CECk b¤esckþIEføgkarmYyd¾Evg [ecjCacMNuc
statement or discussion into a brief, direct sMxan;²xøI² . eKeRbIviFIenH edIm,IrMlwkeLIgvij
form. It is used to review the discussion so nUvcMNuc eKalénkarCECkEdl)aneFVIknøgmk
far, to help keep dialogue focused, to ensure [manPaBc,as;las; kMu[ecjq¶ayBIRbFanbT
clarity, to confirm that the listener has heard nig[dwgfaGñksþab;)anB¤nig)anyl;.kñúgTMnas;
and understood, and as an aid to remembering vaCakarsMxan;Nas;Edl PaKITIbIRtUvkareFVIkar
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 134 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
key points. In conflict, it is important for a bUksrubkarBiPakSa edIm,I[GVIEdlxøÜn)andwg)an
third party to summarise a meeting so that yl;enaH KWGacRtUv)anEktMrUv nigGacTTYlyk
their understanding can be corrected and )an nigedIm,IbBa¢ak;[dwgfa Bt’manNaRtUvrkSa
accepted, and to clarify what information is karsm¶at; nigBt’manNaGacEckrMElk)an .
confidential and what can be shared.
sympathy smancitþ
see also: empathy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karyl;citþ
a. Understanding and relating to the feelings k> karyl;dl;GarmµN_GñkdéT CaBiesseBl
of others, especially someone who is in a eKkMBugqøgkat;sßankarN_lM)ak b¤QWcab; .
difficult situation or suffering. x> karyl;Rsb b¤karKaMRTeyabl; b¤skmµPaB
b. Agreement or support for someone’s GñkNamñak; .
opinions or actions.

symptom eraKsBaØa b¤ sBaØabgðajehtu


tactic yuT§viFI
see also: strategy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§sa®sþ
An action or method planned to achieve a skmµPaB b¤viFIEdl)aneRKageLIg edIm,IseRmc
particular effect or to manipulate a situation. lT§pl b¤edIm,IbgVilsßankarN_NamYy .
For example, a delaying tactic is something ]TahrN_ yuT§viFIGUsbnøay CakareFVIeLIg
done in order to cause a delay. edIm,IcMeNjeBlevla .
taking sides karRbkan;mçag²
see also: advocacy, bias, impartiality, neutrality sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karts‘Umti karlMeGog
In a conflict situation, taking sides or GBüaRkwtPaB
supporting one party and not the other is an enAkñúgTMnas; karRbkan;Etmçag² CaRbtikmµ
instinctive reaction, stemming from a tendency FmµCatirbs;mnusS bNþalmkBIninñakarEdlecH
to judge who is right and who is wrong. Etcg;vinicä½yfaGñkNaxus GñkNaRtUv . enAkñúg
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 135 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Third parties in mediation and arbitration ynþkarsMruHsMrYl PaKITIbIRbwgERbgrkSatulüPaB
processes will attempt to remain balanced or b¤GBüaRkwtPaB . k¾b:uEnþenAkñúgsßankarN_Edl
impartial. However, other types of manGyutþiFm’b¤GtulüPaBGMNac bTGnþraKmn_
intervention such as advocacy or direct epSg²eTotdUcCa karts‘Umti b¤ skmµPaBeday
action, especially in situations of injustice or cMeBaH GacnwgRtUveFVIeLIgedIm,IkarBarsiT§i nig
power imbalance, may call for defending the plRbeyaCn_rbs;PaKImçagEdlRtUveKrMelaP .
rights and interests of one party against the kñúgkrNIEbbenH bBaðaRbQmrbs;Gñkksag
abuses of another. In such cases, the snþiPaBedayGhigSa KWedaHRsaybBaðaeday
challenge for the nonviolent peacebuilder is kMu[mankars¥b;KMuKYneTAelIPaKImçageTot .
to address the issues without hatred for the
“opponent.”
team Rkum b¤ Rkumkargar
A group of people collaborating together to mnusSmYyRkumeFVIshkarCamYyKña edIm,IsMerc
achieve a specific task. A mediation team is a kic©karGVImYy . RkumGñksMruHsMrYl CamnusSmYy
group of people working together to mediate RkumEdleFVIkarrYmKña edIm,IsMruHsMrYlTMnas;Na
a conflict. mYy .
tension GaytPaB b¤PaBtantwg
see also: pre-conflict, stress sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ munTMnas;/
a. A feeling of mental or emotional strain or PaBtwgEtgkñúgGarmµN_
suspense. k> CaPaBtantwgkñúgGarmµN_ b¤menaseBa©tna
b. A tense situation or relationship is one b¤ eBlrMBwgcaMGVImYy
where a conflict produces feelings of mistrust x> sßankarN_ b¤TMnak;TMngEdlmanPaBtwgEtg KW
and hostility which may escalate. enAeBlNa EdlTMnas;begáItnUvGarmµN_énkarmin
Tukcitþ nigkarRbQmdak;KñaEdlGacrIkraldal.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 136 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
terrorism ePrvkmµ
There is no common international agreement BuMmankarRBmeRBogGnþrCatiNamYy edIm,Ipþl;
on the definition of terrorism. One working nUvniymn½yrYmdl;BaküePrvkmµ eLIy. eKGac
definition is: the systematic and calculated [niymn½ymYyfa³ CakareRbI b¤KMrameRbIGMeBI
use of violence or the threat of violence to higSa edaykarKitTuk nigRKb;kal³eTs³ edIm,I
create a climate of fear, often intended to begáItbrikasP½yxøaceTAelIeKaledANamYy Ca
influence the decisions or policies of a target BiesskñúgeKalbMNgCH\T§iBl eTAelIkarsMerc
audience. Disagreements remain over citþ b¤elIeKalneya)ay . karBMuyl;RsbKña
whether state forces can commit terrorism (in sßitelIcMNucfa etIkmøaMgrbs;rdæGaceFVIePrvkmµ
the American definition, terrorism can never )anEdrb¤eT ¬cMeBaHshrdæGaemrik ePrvkmµBMu
be inflicted by a state, but there can be “state GaceFVIeLIgedayrdæNamYy)aneT k¾bu:EnþGac
sponsored terrorism”), whether attacks man{ePrvkmµKaMRTedayrdæ}¦/ etIkarvayRbhar
against military targets or property is eTAelIeKaledA¼RTBüsm,tþieyaFa vaCaePrvkmµ
terrorism, whether targets need to be random Edrb¤eT/ etIeKaledAénkarvayRbharRtUvEtBMu
rather than predictable, and the distinction erIsmux CaCagGVIEdleKGacTayTukmun)an/ nig
between terrorism and warfare. elIcMnucxusKña rvagePrvkmµ nigkareFVIs®gÁam .
theory RTwsþI
see also: praxis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kareRbIR)as;CMnaj
a. A system of ideas or concepts explaining k> CaRbB½n§énKMnitsMrab;Bnül;GVImYy CaBiess
something, especially when it is not yet GVIEdlBMuTan;)anbBa¢ak;enAeLIy faCakarBit .
proven to be true. x> cMeNHdwgGMBIeKalkarN_CaTUeTA b¤EbbbTén
b. Knowledge of the general principles or sil,³ b¤viTüasa®sþEdlxusKñaBIkarGnuvtþn_ .
methods of an art or science, as distinguished
from practice.
theories of conflict/theories of peace RTwsþITMnas;¼RTwsþIsnþiPaB
The terms theories of conflict and theories of BaküTaMgenH sMedAdl;RTwsþIEdlBüayamEsVg
peace refer to theories that try to understand yl;GMBImUlehtu nigplvi)akénTMnas; nigkar
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 137 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
the causes and effects and to describe the ksagsnþiPaB nigkmøaMgrbs;va/ kñúgeKalbMNg
dynamics of conflict and peacebuilding in order riHrkviFIbgáar nigbTGnþraKmn_d¾skþisiT§i taMgBI
enhance effective prevention and intervention, kMritrvagbuKÁl rhUtdl;kMritGnþrCati .
from interpersonal to international levels.
third party PaKITIbI
see also: insider partial, mediation, taking sides sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³
Someone who intentionally becomes mnusSTMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag/ karsMruHsMrYl/
involves in a conflict situation without taking karRbkan;mçag²
sides in an effort to help find a solution, CaGñkNamñak; EdlcUlBak;B½n§edayectnaenA
typically by improving communication and kñúgsßankarN_TMnas;NamYy edayminkan;eCIg
increasing mutual understanding. A third xagNa kñúgeKalbMNgCYyrkdMeNaHRsay Ca
party may be an outsider who has no direct BiessedaybegáInnUvTMnak;TMngl¥ nigkaryl;Kña
connection to the conflict, or an insider eTAvijeTAmk. PaKITIbIGacCaGñkmkBIxageRkA
partial who works in a balanced way to help EdlBMumanTak;TineTAnwgTMnas; b¤k¾CamnusS
find a mutually acceptable solution. TMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag EdleFVIkaredaymin
Mediators, arbitrators, conciliators, and lMeGog edIm,IrkdMeNaHRsayEdlTaMgsgxag
facilitators are all examples of third parties. GacTTYlyk)an . GñksMruHsMrYl/ Gñkkat;kþI/
GñksMrbsMrYl suT§EtGaceFVICaPaKITIbITaMgGs;.
third party intervention kareFVIGnþraKmn_rbs;PaKITIbI
see also: intervene/intervention, third party sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GnþraKmn_¼
Third party intervention is the act of a third bTGnþraKmn_/ PaKITIbI
party “coming between” the parties to a CaskmµPaBrbs;PaKITIbI enAcenøaHPaKIkñúgTMnas;
conflict, or deliberately entering a conflict b¤mYycUleTABak;B½n§edayectnakñúgsßankarN_
situation in order to influence the process or TMnas;mYy/ kñúgeKalbMNgCH\T§iBleTAelI
outcome. ynþkar b¤eTAelIlT§plénsßankarN_enaH .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 138 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
Third World BiPB b¤ elakTIbI
see also: cold war, non-aligned movement sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ s®gÁamRtCak;/
Used to refer to all the less economically and clnamincUlbkSsm<½n§
industrially developed countries of the world eKeRbIBaküenHsMedAdl; RkumRbeTsEdlman
as a group, located mostly in Africa, Asia and esdækic© nig]sSahkmµTn;exSayenATVIbGaRhVik/
Latin America. The term originated during GasuI nigGaemrikLaTIn . BaküenHcab;kMeNIt
the Cold War, when “first world” referred to kñúgsm½ys®gÁamRtCak; EdleBlenaH {BiPB
the developed capitalist countries and TImYy} sMedAdl;RbeTsmUlFn nig {BiPBTIBIr}
“second world” to the communist countries, sMedAdl;RbeTskumµúynIs b:uEnþBaküenHeKElg
although these terms were seldom used. The eRbIeTotehIy. eKeRcIneRbIBakü {xageCIg} nig
terms “North” and “South” or “Developed” {xagt,Úg} b¤Bakü {RbeTsGPivDÆn_} nig
and “Developing” are more commonly used {RbeTskMBugGPivDÆn_} CMnYsvij edIm,IbBa¢ak;
now to express the difference between First PaBxusKña rvagBiPBTImYy nigTIbI .
and Third World.
threat karKMramkMEhg
a. A statement of intention to harm someone, k> karEføgBIectnabgáGnþraydl;nrNamñak; kñúg
especially if they do not do as you wish, eKalbMNg RtYtRtaGMeBIGñkenaHtamry³kar
intended to control someone’s behaviour bMP½y CaBiessenAeBleKBMuRBmeFVItamxøÜn .
through fear. x> CabuKÁl b¤vtßúGVImYyEdlGacbgánUvGnþray .
b. A person or thing likely to cause harm.
timeline ExSbnÞat;eBlevla
see also: conflict analysis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karviPaKTMnas;
A simple graphic tool that shows events ]bkrN_RkahViksamBaØ bgðajGMBIRBwtiþkarN_
plotted against time, used to understand the EdlekIteLIgkñúgeBlnImYy² . eKeRbIva edIm,I
different experiences and perceptions of EsVgyl;GMBIbTBiesaFn_ nigsBaØaxn§rbs;PaKI
different parties to a conflict. nImYy²enAkñúgTMnas;NamYy .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 139 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
tolerance karGt;eGan
see also: closed mind, open mind, patience sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ citþ b¤KMnitceg¥ót
a. The ability to endure something painful or cg¥l; citþTUlay¼KMnitebIkcMh/ esckþIGt;Fµt;
difficult. k> karGacRTaMRTnwgGVIEdllM)akb¤eFVI[QWcab;.
b. The willingness to recognise and respect x> karmanqnÞ³TTYlsÁal;b¤eKarBnUvCMenO/ KMnit
others’ beliefs, opinions or behaviour. b¤karRbRBwtþirbs;GñkdéT .
tools for analysis, communication, ]bkrN_sMrab;viPaK b¤ sMrab;TMnak;TMng b¤
intervention, etc. sMrab;GnþraKmn_ .l.
see communication skills or tools, conflict sUmemIlBakü³
analysis CMnaj¼meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg/
karviPaKTMnas;
top-down approach viFIsaRsþBIelIcuHeRkam
see also: bottom-up approach sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ viFIsaRsþBIeRkam
a. A hierarchical approach to problem- eLIgelI
solving, decision-making, planning or k> viFIeRbIkñúgkaredaHRsaybBaða kareFVIesckþI
management which begins with the interests sMerccitþ kareFVIEpnkar b¤viFIRKb;RKg edayepþIm
of those at higher levels. KitBIplRbeyaCn_rbs;GñkenAxagelI .
b. An approach which considers general x> viFIEdlcab;KitBIeKalkarN_ b¤RTwsþITUeTA mun
principles or theories before fundamental or nwgKiteTAdl;PaBlMGitCamUldæan b¤Cak;Esþg .
practical details.
track one diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTImYy ¬kMritpøÚvkar¦
see also: multi-track diplomacy, track two sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUteRcInpøÚv/
diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTIBIr
Official government to government karcrcaCapøÚvkarrvagrdæaPi)al nigTMnak;TMng
negotiations and international relations. GnþrCatiCapøÚvkar .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 140 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
track two diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTIBIr
see also: multi-track diplomacy, track one ¬kRmitpøÚvkar nigeRkApøÚvkarrYmKña¦
diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUteRcInpøÚv/
The term track two diplomacy refers to karTUtpøÚvTI1
unofficial efforts by civil society actors to eKsMedAdl;karRbwgERbgeRkApøÚvkar rbs;tYGgÁ
resolve conflicts within and between states. kñúgsgÁmsIuvil edIm,IedaHRsayTMnas;enAkñúg b¤
Since this initial distinction was made, many rvagrdæ . enAeBleKcab;epþImniyayBIkMritxus²
different kinds of unofficial diplomacy have KñaTaMgenH mankic©karTUteRkApøÚvkarCaeRcInEdl
been recognised, leading to the use of the RtUveKTTYlsÁal; rhUtTal;EteKcab;eRbIBakü
term multi-track diplomacy. {karTUteRcInpøÚv} .
transitional government/leader rdæaPi)alGnþrkal¼GñkdwknaMGnþrkal
see also: transitional justice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yutþiFm’Gnþrkal
The government or the leader of a country CardæaPi)al b¤GñkdwknaMénRbeTsNamYyEdl
appointed during a period of transition from EtgtaMgeLIgkñúgry³eBlGnþrkal qøgBIeBl
conflict or repressive rule to democracy and manTMnas; b¤kardwknaMpþac;kar mkkan;lT§i
before democratic elections are held. RbCaFibetyü nigenAmuneBlmankare)aHeqñat
tamEbbRbCaFibetyü .
transitional justice yutþiFm’Gnþrkal
Strategies to deal with the past in just and CayuT§sa®sþEsVgrkKtiyutiþ nigkarTTYlxusRtUv
responsible ways following a period of eRbIeLIgedIm,IedaHRsaybBaðaGtItkal/ Gnuvtþ
conflict or repressive rule in order to bring kñúgry³kaleRkayTMnas; b¤eRkayrbbpþac;kar
about a more just, democratic and peaceful NamYy kñúgeKalbMNgksagsgÁmmYyRbkb
society. Truth commissions are an example of eday yutþiFm’ RbCaFibetyü nigsnþiPaB .
transitional justice. {KN³kmµkarEsVgrkkarBit} enARbeTsGaRhiVk
xagt,ÚgCa]TahrN_mYy ényutþiFm’Gnþrkal .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 141 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
trauma rbYspøÚvcitþ
see also: stress sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³PaBtwgEtgkñúgGarmµN_
a. Emotional shock following a stressful or k> karb:HTgÁicpøÚvcitþ bNþalmkBIRBwtiþkarN_
disturbing event and sometimes having y:ab;yuWnNamYy EdlCYnkalGacCH\T§iBl
lasting psychological effects. yUrGEgVgeTAelIpøÚvcitþ .
b. A severe physical wound or injury to the x> CarbYsF¶n;F¶relIrUbkay EdlbNþalmk
body caused by an external force, and the BIkmøaMgxageRkA nigCakarb:HTgÁicpøÚvkayEdl
physical shock resulting from this. bNþalmkBIrbYsenaH .
treaty sn§isBaØa
see also: accord sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kic©RBmeRBog
A binding agreement under international law KWCakarRBmeRBogEdlRtUvEteKarBtam eRkam
between two or more states or international c,ab;GnþrCati rvagRbeTs b¤GgÁkarGnþrCatiBIr
organisations. b¤eRcInCagenH .
triangle of power RtIekaNGMNac
see also: power, victim sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GMNac/ GñkrgeRKaH
A way of analysing power relationships by CaviFImYy edIm,IviPaKGMBITMnak;TMngénGMNac
looking at three connected roles and attitudes edaysmøwgemIleTAtYnaTI nigGakb,kiriyaTaMgbI
that people commonly take: persecutor, y:agEdlmnusSTUeTAEtgRbkan;yk³ GñkbgáTukç
rescuer, and victim. dl;eK/ Gñkse®gÁaH/ nig GñkrgeRKaH .
GñkbgáTukçdl;eK
Prosecutor

RtIekaNGMNac
Triangle of power

GñkrgeRKaH Gñkse®gÁaH
Victim Rescuer

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 142 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
tribunal tulakar
A court or forum of justice; often used to Casalapþl;yutþiFm’ . GaceRbIsMedAdl;
refer to a special court or commission that is tulakar b¤KN³kmµaFikarBiessNamYyEdl
set up to deal with a particular problem or erobcMeLIgedIm,IedaHRsaybBaða b¤sßankarN_
situation. BiessNamYy .
trigger/trigger event RBwtiþkarN_ bJsKl;énTMnas;/
An event that initiates a conflict or escalation. RBwtþikarN_beBaäHTMnas;
RBwtiþkarN_EdlepþImbegáItTMnas; b¤karrIkraldal .
truce karRBmeRBogQb;)aj;Kña
see also: armistice, ceasefire sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§snþiPaB
A temporary agreement by opposing parties bTQb;)aj;
to cease hostilities, usually in order to conduct CakarRBmeRBogbeNþaHGasnñedayPaKITaMgsg
negotiations. xagfap¥akkarvayRbharCaTUeTA KWedIm,IcrcaKña .
trust building karksagTMnukcitþ
Activities that lead towards the building of CaskmµPaBEdlnaMeTArkkarksagTMnukcitþ
trust between individuals or groups. rvagbuKÁl b¤rvagRkum .
truth karBit b¤ sc©³
see also: fact sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karBit
truth and reconciliation commission KN³kmµaFikarEsVgrkkarBitnigpSHpSaeLIgvij
(TRC) sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpSHpSaeT,IgvijJ/
see also: reconciliation, transitional justice yutþiFm’Gnþrkal
A special commission that is responsible for CaKN³kmµaFikarBiessmYy TTYlxusRtUvesuIb
investigating crimes and/or human rights Gegát]Rkidækmµb¤karrMelaPsiT§imnusS enAkñúg
abuses within a framework of national

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 143 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
reconciliation. The most famous example is Rkbx½NÐénkarpSHpSaCati . ]TahrN_d¾l,I
the South African Truth and Reconciliation l,aj KWenARbeTsGaRhVikxagt,Úg Edlpþl;nUv
Commission, which gave amnesty to those karelIkElgeTasdl; Gñk)anRbRBwtþ]Rkidækmµ
guilty of crimes in return for their telling the CafñÚrnwgkarEdleKsuxcitþniyaykarBitGMBIbT
truth about abuses under the previous rMelaPTaMgLay Edlrbbneya)ayCiHCan;BI
repressive political system. mun)anRbRBwtþeLIg .
unilateral CaÉketaPaKI
see also: multilateral sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ BhuPaKI
Involving only one party or side. An EdleFVIedayPaKIEtmçag . CakatBVkic© b¤kar
obligation or commitment undertaken by one snüa EdleFVIedayPaKIEtmçagedayKµankar
side without any reciprocal agreement from RBmeRBogtbvijBIPaKImçageTot ]> karQb;
the other, e.g. a unilateral ceasefire. )aj;CaÉketaPaKI . Éketaniym KWCaRTwsþIEdl
Unilateralism is the doctrine that a country RbeTsmYyRbkan;yk sMrab;kic©karbreTsrbs;
should conduct its foreign affairs without the xøÜn edaymincaM)ac;RbwkSa b¤Cab;Tak;TgnwgCati
advice or involvement of other nations. sasn_déT .
unity ÉkPaB
Universal Declaration of Human esckþIEføgkarN_saklGMBIsiT§imnusS
Rights sUmemIlBakü³ siT§imnusS/ siT§i
see human rights, rights

values témø ¬témøkñúgsgÁm¦


The fundamental beliefs and ideas we have CaCMenOb¤KMnitCamUldæan EdleyIgTaMgGs;Kña
about what is good and bad, right and wrong, manGMBIGVIEdll¥b¤GaRkk;/ RtUvb¤xus/ nigGMBI
and how things should be. lkçN³EdlGVI²KYrEtman .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 144 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
value differences PaBxusKñaéntémø
see also: values sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ témø
Differences in fundamental beliefs about what PaBxusKñaénCMenOCamUldæanGMBIGVIEdll¥ b¤
is good and bad, right and wrong. Since GaRkk; GMBIGVIEdlRtUv b¤xus . edaysarCa
values are normally non-negotiable, conflicts FmµtaeKBuMGaccrcaenAelI GVIEdlCatémø)an
that focus on value differences are often very dUecñHTMnas;EdlepþateTAelI PaBxusKñaéntémø
hard to resolve. eRcInEtBi)akedaHRsay .
verification karBinitübBa¢ak;
see also: monitoring, observing sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitü/
Verification is a specialised kind of segátkarN_
monitoring, used to determine whether parties CaÉkeTsmü:agkñúgkarRtYtBinitü . eKeRbIva
are complying with agreements they have edIm,IbBa¢ak;faetI PaKITaMgLay)aneKarBnUvGVI
made. It can be used to build confidence EdlxøÜn)anRBmeRBogb¤eT . eKGaceRbIvaedIm,I
between the parties that an agreement is being ksagkarTukcitþKñarvagKUPaKI fakic©RBmeRBog
implemented fairly and effectively, and to RtUv)anGnuvtþy:agRtwmRtUv nigskþisiT§i nigpþl;
explain reasons for non-fulfilment. nUvehtuplGMBIGVIEdlBMu)aneFVI .
victim GñkrgeRKaH
see also: triangle of power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaNGMNac
a. Someone who suffers from hardship such k> CanrNamñak;EdlTTYlrgkarQWcab; eday
as being attacked, cheated or persecuted or sarRtUveKbMBanelI RtUveKe)akbeBaäat RtUveK
who is hurt in an accident. pþnÞaeTas b¤ k¾maneRKaHfñak; .
b. Someone who takes on the role of victim in x> CanrNamñak;EdlTTYltYnaTICaGñkrgeRKaH
a power triangle of persecutor, rescuer and enAkñúgRtIekaNGMNacEdlpÁMeLIgedayEpñkbIKW³
victim. GñkbgáTukçdl;eK Gñkse®gÁaH nig GñkrgeRKaH.
victim-offender mediation karsMruHsMrYlrvagGñkrgeRKaH nigGñkRbRBwtþ
see restorative justice
sUmemIlBakü³ yutþiFm’tamsMNg
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 145 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
violence GMeBIhigSa
see also: nonviolence, positive peace, structural sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSa/ snþiPaB
violence CaviC¢man/ higSaEdlmanCarcnasm<½n§
Deliberate behaviour resulting in injury or GMeBIedayectna edIm,IbgárbYssñam b¤eFVI[QW
harm. cab; .
vision ckçúvisS½y
a. A view or mental picture of a desired long- k> CaTidæPaB b¤CarUbPaBkñúgGarmµN_GMBIGVIEdl
term future. eKcg;)aneTAGnaKtEvgq¶ay .
b. The ability to see or imagine a desired x> karGacemIl b¤Rsm½yeXIjGnaKtEdlcg;
future. )an .
war s®gÁam
see also: armed conflict, civil war, cold war sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;sBVavuF/
Armed conflict between countries or other s®gÁamsIuvil/ s®gÁamRtCak;
large scale armed groups. Defined by CaTMnas;tampøÚvGavuFrvagRbeTs b¤RkumRbdab;
Wallenstein and Axell as a conflict with at GavuFmanRTg;RTayFM . elak v:alinEsþn nig
least one thousand deaths in one year. elak Gak;Esl )anBiBN’nafaCa TMnas;mYy
EdlmanmnusSsøab;y:agtic 1>000nak;¼qñaM .
war crimes ]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam
see also: Geneva Conventions sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³GnusBaØaRkughSWENv
A violation of established protections in KWCakarrMelaPbMBaneTAelIc,ab; b¤TMenomTmøab;
international law and customs of war, defined éns®gÁam EdlmanEcgCaeRcInenAkñúgGnusBaØa
largely by the Geneva Conventions. Acts such RkughSWENv. GMeBIdUcCakareFVI)abeTAelIeQøIy
as mistreatment of prisoners of war or swk b£elIBlrdæsIuvil KWCa]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam.
civilians are war crimes.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 146 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
war criminal ]RkidæCnkñúgs®gÁam
A person who has committed war crimes. nrNamñak;Edl)anRbRBwtþ]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam .
weak state rdæEdlmanRbB½n§dwknaMTn;exSay
see also: failed state sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rdæEdlmanRbB½n§
mindMeNIrkar
A country in which the central government CaRbeTsmYyEdlrdæaPi)alkNþal BMuGacRtYt
has little practical control over much of its RtaTwkdICaeRcInrbs;xøÜn)an .
territory.

weapons control karRtYtBinitüsBaVvuF


see also: arms control, weapons reduction sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitüGavuF
karkat;bnßysBaVvuF
Legal restrictions on small arms and light sMedAdl;c,ab;dak;khM ti RtYtRtaelI GavuFFun
weapons that can be carried or kept by private RsalEdlGaceRbIR)as; b¤kan;kab;)aneday
citizens. RbCaBlrdæ .
weapons reduction karkat;bnßysBaVvuF
see also: arms control, weapons control sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitüGavuF
karRtYtBinitüsBaVvuF
Attempts to reduce the numbers of small arms KWCaeKaledAkat;bnßycMnYnGavuFFunRsal Edl
and light weapons owned by private citizens. Gackan;kab;)anedayRbCaBlrdæ . kmµviFIkat;
A voluntary weapons reduction programme bnßyGavuFedaysµ½RKcitþ KWmaneKaledATak;
(VWRP) aims to convince private citizens TajRbCaBlrdæ ¬tamry³karGb;rMsaFarN³
(through public education and offering nig karpþl;nUvkarelIkTwkcitþ¦ [lHbg; nig
incentives) to give up their weapons to the RbKl;GavuFrbs;xøÜn dl;GaCJaFr .
authorities.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 147 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
will qnÞ³
The conscious decision and intention to do CakarsMerc b¤karmaneKalbMNgedaymnsikar
something, e.g. the political will to achieve a kñúgkareFVIGVImYy ]> qnÞ³neya)aykñúgkarQb;
ceasefire. )aj;Kña .
window of opportunity bg¥Úcén»kas
A short period of time during which an Cary³eBlmYyd¾xøI EdlRtUvqk;»kas edIm,IeFVIGVI
opportunity must be acted on or will be mYy[)an ebIBMudUecñaHeTvanwg)at;bg; .
missed.
win/lose yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼caj;
see also: approaches to conflict, conflict style, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsay
win/win, zero-sum game TMnas;/ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;/ yuT§sa®sþ
QñH¼QñH/ sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,g
EdlBinÞúsgxagTUTat;)ansUnü
a. An adversarial approach to conflict which k> karRbQmmuxdak;KñakñúgTMnas;EdleKsnµt
assumes that in order for one party to win, the fa edIm,I[manmçagQñH mçageTotKWRtUvEtcaj;.
other must lose. x> sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,g EdlTaMgsg
b. A zero-sum game. xag)anBinÞúsUnüdUcKña .
win/win yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼QñH
see also: approaches to conflict, conflict style, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsay
win/lose, zero-sum game TMnas;/ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;/ yuT§sa®sþ
QñH¼caj;/ sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,g
EdlBinÞúsgxagTUTat;)ansUnü
a. An approach to conflict that assumes that if k> CarebobedaHRsayTMnas;mü:agEdlsnµtfa
the disputants cooperate, it will be possible to ebImanshRbtibtþikarrvagPaKITMnas; enaHeK
find a solution which satisfies all parties. GacnwgrkeXIjdMeNaHRsaymYy EdleFVI[PaKI
TaMgGs;eBjcitþ .
b. A positive-sum game. x> sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,gEdlsgxag
)anBinÞúcMeNjdUcKña .
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 148 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
workshop sikçasala
An intensive training course or problem- CavKÁbNþúHbNþalmYyeFVIedayKMhuk b¤CakarCYb
solving meeting for a small group of RbCMuedaHRsaybBaðasMrab;GñkcUlrYmmYyRkumtUc
participants, led by a trainer or facilitator. dwknaMedayRKUbgðat; GñksRmbsRmYlmñak; .
zero-sum game sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,gEdlBinÞúsgxag
see also: approaches to conflict, conflict style, TUTat;)ansUnü
win/lose, win/win sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsay
TMnas; critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas; yuT§sa®sþ
QñH¼caj;/ yuT§sa®sþQñH¼QñH
A situation or “game” in which the success of CasßankarN_ b¤Ca {El,g} mYyEdleCaKC½y
one party requires the failure of another, for énPaKImçag tRmUv[PaKImçageTotbraC½y ]>
example where there is a finite amount of enAeBlEdlFnFanvamankMrit PaKImçag²suT§Et
resources available and the parties want more cg;)anelIsBIGVIEdlCakaresµIPaBKña . RTwsþIén
than an equitable share. Game Theory makes El,genH )anEbgEckdac;BIKñarvag sßankarN_
a distinction between positive-sum situations EdlsgxagcMeNjBinÞúdUcKña ¬ehAEdrfa QñH¼
in which everyone can win (also called QñH¦/ sßankarN_EdlsgxagxatBinÞúdUcKña
win/win), negative-sum games (also called ¬ehAEdrfa caj;¼caj;¦/ nigsßankarN_EdlBinÞú
lose/lose) in which neither side can win, and sgxagTUTat;KñaeTA)ansUnü KW)anesckþIfa xag
zero-sum games in which one side can win mçagGacQñH luHNaEtmçageTotRtUvcaj; .
only if another side loses.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


PaKTI 2
sTÞanuRkm Exµr-Gg;eKøs

Part Two

Khmer – English Lexicon


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 151 - sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
kmµvtßú objective
kmøaMgrkSasnþiPaBBhusBa¢ati multi-national peacekeeping
krNIsikSa b¤GtßbTsikSa case-study

ksagTMnukcitþ ¬kar¦ trust building


ksagsnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peacebuilding
ksageLIgvij ¬kar¦ reconstruction

kat;kþIeRkAtulakar ¬kar¦ private judging


kat;bnßysBaVvuF ¬kar¦ weapons reduction
karTUt diplomacy

karTUt ¬Gñk¦ diplomat


karTUtpøÚvTIBIr track two diplomacy
karTUtpøÚvTImYy ¬kMritpøÚvkar¦ track one diplomacy

karTUteRcInpøÚv multi-tract doplomacy


karpSHpSa conciliation
karBartampøÚvTUt ¬kic©¦ diplomatic protection

karBit fact
karBit b¤sc©³ truth
karBiPakSabMpusKMnit brainstorming

karRbRBwtþi b¤TegVI behaviour


kalkMNt; deadline
kaer:cuHsMrug compatibility square (conflict square)

kic©RbCMu meeting
kic©RBmeRBog agreement
kic©RBmeRBog b¤eyagelIsc©anumti accord

kUdkmµ ¬eFVI¦ strike


ekgRbv½Ba© ¬kar¦ exploitation
ekIteLIgcMeBaHmuxCak;Esþg de facto

Ekéx[vij ¬kar¦ restitution

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 152 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
kMNt;bBaða ¬kar¦ problem identification
kMNt;ExSbnÞat; ¬kar¦ demarcation
kMNt;RBMEdn ¬kar¦ delimitation

kM)aMgmux b¤Gvtþman in absentia


k,ÜndMeNIredIm,IsnþiPaB peace walk
Rkbx½NÐ b¤eRKag b¤TMrg;kar framework

Rkbx½NÐTsSn³ b¤KMnitCaeRKag conceptual framework


Rkm b¤c,ab; code
Rkum team

RkumkarBarplRbeyaCn_ interest groups


RkumKaMRT constituency
RkumGñktMNag b¤muxgar deputation

RkumRbwkSa council
eRkayTMnas; post-conflict
ExSbnÞat;eBlevla timeline

xñatKMrU b¤maRtdæan standard


KNbkS¼PaKI party
KNbkSRbqaMg opposition party

KN³kmµaFikarEsVgrkkarBit nigpSHpSaeLIgvij truth and reconciliation commission


(TRC)
Ktiyutiþ fairness

KaMRT ¬Gñk¦ constituents


KitRKb;RCugeRCay ¬kar¦ lateral thinking
KURbqaMg adversary

eKaledA goal
eKaledArYm common goal
KMnit b¤RTwsþI concept

KMnitbiTCit b¤KMnitceg¥ótcg¥l; closed mind

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 153 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
KMnitebIkcMhr/ citþTUlay open mind
KMramkMEhg ¬kar¦ threat
KMramrkRbeyaCn_¼CMrwtykR)ak; ¬kar¦ blackmail

RKbsgát; dominate
eXasna ¬kar¦ propaganda
XMuXaMgenAkñúgpÞHrbs;xøÜn ¬kar¦ house arrest

XøaMBinitü¼RtYtBinitü ¬kar¦ monitoring


ckçúvisS½y vision
cgP¢ab; bind

ccamGaram ¬Bakü¦ rumour


cnÞúl;énbBaða pillar of issues
crca negotiate

crca ¬kar¦ negotiation


crca ¬Gñk¦ negotiator
crcaCaeKalkarN_ ¬kar¦ principled negotiation

crcatampøÚvTUt ¬kar¦ diplomatic negotiation


crcatamlkçN³vb,Fm’epSg²Kña ¬kar¦ cross-cultural negotiation
crcatéfø bargain

crcatéføedayrYmKña ¬kar¦ collective bargaining


crcaerobcMc,ab;TMlab; ¬kar¦ regulatory negotiation
critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas; conflict style

clnamincUlbkSsm½<n§ Non-Aligned Movement (NAM)


cUldl;¼TTYl)an ¬kar¦ access
cUlrYm ¬kar¦ participation

ecaTRbkan; accuse
ecaTRbkan; ¬kar¦ accusation
ecaTRbkan;edayKµanPsþútag ¬kar¦ allegation

ecARkm judge

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 154 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
ecARkmsnþiPaB Justice of the Peace / Juge de la Paix
cMNab;xµaMg hostage
cMNucÉkPaB b¤cMNucrYm common ground

cMNuceRkambMputEdlGacTTYlyk)an bottom line


b¤cMNucCaRKwHedIm,ICamUldæanénkarsMerccitþ
cMeBaHkic©¼Biess ad hoc

c,ab;¼eFVI act
c,ab; b¤bTbBa¢a b¤lkçnþik³ by-laws
c,ab; b¤vin½yCamUldæan groundrules

c,ab;rdæb,evNI civil law


qnÞ³ will
eqøIytb ¬kar¦ response

eqøIytbeTAnwgTMnas; ¬kar¦ responses to conflict


eqøótykplcMeNj ¬kar¦ exploitation
qøúHbBa©aMgRtLb; ¬kar¦ projection

CnePosxøÜn refugee
Catiniym nationalism
CatiniymCatiBn§ ethnic nationalism

CatiniyménBlrdæ civic nationalism


CasHes,IyeLIgvij ¬kar¦ recovery
CYyKaMRT advocate

CYycat;Ecg ¬Gñk¦ animator


CeNþIrCMnYykarBicarNa ladder of inference
eCosvagTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict avoidance

CECkEvkEjk ¬kar¦ debate


CECkRbEkktv:a argue
CMnaj skill

CMnajkñúgkarsþab; listening skills

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 155 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg communication skills or tools


b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg
CMnYjsBVavuF arms trade
CMnYymnusSFm’eBlmanGasnñ humanitarian emergency
CMhr positions

CMerIsl¥bMputsMrab;karRBmeRBog BATNA
CMerIsepSg alternative
CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; alternative dispute resolution (ADR)

CMelaHelIkarBit fact-based dispute


CMelaHRbdab;GavuF armed conflict
CH\Ti§BlelI b¤man\T§iBlelI influence

RCYtRCab ¬eFVI[¦ assimilate


QøanBan ¬kar¦ aggression
dkhUtsBVavuF ¬kar¦ disarmament

dkhUtGMNac ¬kar¦ disempowerment


dak;citþKMnitelIGVImYy ¬kar¦ mind-set
dak;bgÁab; ¬Edl¦ prescriptive

dak;bBaØtþi ¬Edl¦ prescriptive


dak;eTas ¬kar¦ retribution
dak;enAedayELk marginalise

dwknaMtamExSTTwg lead laterally


edaHRsayTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict resolution
edaHRsaybBaðaedayQrelIplRbeyaCn_ ¬kar¦ interest-based problem solving

edaHRsayvivaT b¤CMelaH/ ¬kar¦ dispute resolution


edImeQITMnas; conflict tree
edImeQIbBaða problem tree

Edn\T§iBl sphere of influence

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 156 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
édKU ¬PaBCa¦ partnership
dMNak;kalénTMnas; stages of conflict
dMeNaHRsayedayGnþrskmµ interactive resolution

dMeNIrkar process
dMeNIrkarpøÚvTUtRtLb;cuHeLIg shuttle diplomacy
dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB peace process

zananuRkm hierarchy
ENnaM advise
ts‘Umti ¬kar¦ advocacy

tantwg ¬PaB¦ tension


tantwgkñúgGarmµN_ ¬PaB¦ stress
tamc,ab; de jure

tamc,ab; legal
taragepÞógpÞat;¼Binitü¼bBa¢ak; checklist
tulakar tribunal

tYnaTICaTIRbwkSa advisory role


tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþepSg² b¤tYGgÁnana actors and approaches
nigdMeNaHRsayepSg²
tMNagrdæedaHRsayvivaT ¬Gñk¦ ombudsman
tMrUvkar b¤esckþIRtUvkar needs
tMrUvkarrbs;mnusS ¬RTwsþIén¦ human needs theory

tMél ¬tMélkñúgsgÁm¦ values


RtIekaN c> T> b> ABC triangle
RtIekaNBhukMrit multi-level triangles

RtIekaNGMNac triangle of power


RtUvRbtibtþitam binding
RtYtBinitüsBaVvuF ¬kar¦ weapons control

RtYtBinitüGavuF ¬kar¦ arms control

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 157 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
EføgkarN_ ¬esckþI¦ statement
EføgTukç ¬kar¦ grievance
EføgedayykxøÜnÉgCa]TahrN_ ¬kar¦ ‘I’ statement

EføgedayykxøÜnÉgCa]TahrN_ ¬kar¦ “I” statement


TTYlsiT§i¼GMNac/ ¬Gñk¦ delegate
TTYl[sñak; accommodate

TTYlxusRtUv ¬kar¦ responsibility


TTYlsÁal;KuNtMél ¬kar¦ appreciation
TsSn³ point of view

T½lRck ¬PaB¦ deadlock


Tak;TgKña ¬kar¦ rapport
Tak;TgeTAnwgtulakar ¬Edl¦ judicial

Tak;TajTwkcitþ ¬kar¦ inducement


TisedA objective
Tieton ¬kar¦ criticism

Tietonkñúgn½ysßabna ¬kar¦ constructive criticism


Tukcitþ ¬esckþI¦ confidence
eTas³ ¬esckþIs¥b;ex<Im¦ dosa (hate)

eTVeRKaH dilemma
TMnak;TMngrvagvb,Fm’epSg²Kña cross-cultural
TMnas; ¬Gñkman¦ conflictant

TMnas; b¤vivaT b¤CMelaH conflict


TMnas;kñúgsgÁm social conflict
TMnas;cak;b£ssµúKsµaj deep-rooted conflict

TMnas;CatiBn§ ethnic conflict


TMnas;neya)ayCatiBn§ ethno-political conflict
TMnas;bgáb; latent conflict

TMnas;plRbeyaCn_ conflict of interest

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 158 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
TMnas;Bi)akRKb;RKg intractable conflict
TMnas;BIbBaðaGtþsBaØaN identity conflict
TMnas;sgÁmyUrGEgVg protracted social conflict

TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkMrittUc minor armed conflict


TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkMritmFüm intermediate armed conflict
TMenomTMlab; custom

RTwsþI theory
RTwsþITMnas;¼RTwsþIsnþiPaB theories of conflict/theories of peace
RTwsþIényutþiFm’ concepts of justice

FmµyaRta dhammayietra
eFVI[mansnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peacemaking
eFVITukçeTas b¤pþnÞaeTas persecute

eFVI)atukmµ picket
eFVIBhikarrbs;sgÁm ¬kar¦ social boycott
eFVImCÄtþkar arbitrate

eFVIviPaK¬kar¦GMBI Cn¼PaKI Bak;B½n§ stakeholder analysis


niTNÐPaB b¤PaBrYceTas impunity
niyaypÞúy b¤RbqaMg contradict

bgáarTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict prevention


bgÁab;[Rbtibtþi enforce
bgÁab;¼dak;bBa¢adac;Nat; ¬kar¦ coercion

bg¥ak;sin¬kar¦ ¬CapøÚvkar¦ moratorium


bg¥Üc cUharI Johari Window
bg¥Úcén»kas window of opportunity

bc©amitþ enemy
bdi b¤RbqaMgnwg anti-
bdibkç ¬Gñk¦ antagonist

bdibkçPaB antagonism

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 159 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
bdiesF ¬kar¦ denial
bdiesFc,ab;rdæ ¬kar¦ civil disobedience
bNþaj network

bNþwgvivaT b¤kþIvivaT litigation


bTQb;)aj; ceasefire
bnßyPaBraldalénTMnas; ¬kar¦ de-escalation

bBa©ÚlKña¬kar¦ b¤smahrNkmµ integration


bBa©úHbBa©Úl ¬kar¦ persuasion
bBa©úHbBa©Úl¼karBar sMNMuerOgNamYy/ ¬kar¦ lobby

bBaða b¤cMeNaT problem


bBaðaekItmkBInItiviFI procedural problems
bBaðaRbQm b¤karBuHBar challenge

bribT context
brRbeyaK¼karbkRsayRbeyaK paraphrase
eR)asRbNI b¤Gt;eGan/ ¬kar¦ mercy

eRbIR)as;CMnaj ¬kar¦ praxis


buernicä½y b¤karvaysµan b¤karsnñidæanmun prejudice
benßaktMélCamnusS ¬kar¦ de-humanisation

beBaäHGucGal ¬Edl¦ inflammatory


bMpusKMnit ¬Edl¦ elicitive
bMPitbMP½y ¬kar¦ intimidation

bMEbøgTMnas;¼EkERb/ ¬kar¦ conflict transformation


Rbkan;BUCsasn_niym racism
Rbkan;mçag² ¬kar¦ taking sides

Rbkan;RCulEdlmanKMnitceg¥ótcg¥l; ¬Gñk¦ bigot


RbkasCasaFarN³ ¬esckþI¦ public declaration
RbqaMgGkmµ ¬kar¦ passive resistance

RbCaFibetyü democracy

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 160 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
RbCamti referendum
RbCMutumUl round table
RbCMusMruHsMrYledayELk¼RbCMuedayELk/ ¬kar¦ caucus

RbQmmux - rt;eKc fight-flee (fight-flight)


RbQmmuxdak;Kña ¬kar¦ confrontation
Rbtikmµ reaction

RbtikmµGviC¢man backlash
RbtibkS adversary
RbTajRbTg; ¬EdlGacmanlkçN³¦ controversial

RbTUsra:y ¬kar¦ hostility


RbFanbT b¤sac;erOg issue
RbB½n§sIlFm’ morals

RbmUlpþúM ¬kar¦ polarisation


R)aRs½yTak;Tg ¬kar¦ communication
RbwkSapþl;eyabl; ¬kar¦ counselling

RbEkktv:a argue
plRbeyaCn_ interest
plRbeyaCn_rYm common interest

pat;ecal ¬kar¦ exclusion


epþImKMnitskmµCamun proactive
epÞrGMNac b¤epÞrParkic© delegate

EpnTITMnas;¼KMnUrTMnas;/ ¬karKUr¦ conflict mapping


épÞkñúg b¤GVIEdlenAkñúg ¬buB§bT¦ intra-
pþl;Bt’manRtLb; ¬kar¦ feedback

pþl;yutþiFm’kñúgkarpSHpSaeLIgvij ¬kar¦ justice in reconciliation


pþl;siT§iGMNac¼BRgwgGMNac/ ¬kar¦ empowerment
pþl;sMNg ¬kar¦ restitution

pþl;eyabl; advise

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 161 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
pþÜcepþImKMnit ¬kar¦ initiative
pñt;KMnit/ karmanpñt;KMnitelIGVImYy stereotype
pøas;bþÚrkñúgsgÁm ¬kar¦ social change

pøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþ ¬kar¦ displacement


pøas;bþÚrbTBiesaFn_pÞal;xøÜn nigEpñkvb,Fm’/ ¬kar¦ personal and cultural exchanges
pSarP¢ab;eTAvijeTAmk inter-related

pSHpSa ¬Gñk¦ conciliator


pSHpSaeT,Igvij ¬kar¦ reconciliation
BlrdæsIuvil civilian

Bhuniym pluralism
BhuPaKI multilateral
Bhuvb,Fm’ multi-cultural

Bak;B½n§¬Cn¦ b¤PaKIBak;B½n§ b¤PaKIrYmcMENk stakeholder


BinitübBa¢ak; ¬kar¦ verification
BieRKaHsMueyabl;saFarNCn ¬kar¦ public consultation

BieRKaHeKalneya)ay ¬kar¦ policy dialogue


BUCsasn_ race
BYtédKñaCabkSrYm¼RkumcMruH¼sm½<n§mitþ/ ¬kar¦ coalition

eBjlkçN³RtwmRtUv¼mankarTTYlsÁal;RtwmRtUv ¬Edl¦ legitimate


eBalGHGag¼karBarCMhry:agxøaMg ¬Edl¦ assertive
BMuGaceCos)an inevitable

RBmeRBogQb;)aj;Kña ¬kar¦ truce


RBwtiþkarN_bJsKl;énTMnas;/ RBwtþikarN_beBaäH TMnas; trigger/trigger event
PaKI party

PaKITIbI third party


PaKIraMgsÞH spoilers
PaBxusKñaéntMél value differences

PaBGaceFVI)an ability

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 162 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
ePrvkmµ terrorism
ePosswk ¬Cn¦ internally displaced person (IDP)
mCÄkar centralisation

mCÄtþkr adjudicator
mCÄtþkr arbitrator
mCÄtþkar adjudication

mCÄtþkar arbitration
mtipÞúynwgmtiFmµta b¤brmti b¤Rbtimti paradox
mtiGHGag argument

mnusSTMnukcitþénPaKICMelaHmçag insider partial


mnusSEdlpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþkñúg internally displaced person (IDP)
RbeTsrbs;xøÜnÉg
minrab;bBa©Úl ¬kar¦ exclusion
minlMeGog ¬PaB¦ impartiality
minGt;eGan ¬PaB¦ intolerance

mineFVIshRbtibtþikar non-cooperation
muxmat; b¤karrkSamuxmat; face / face-saving
munekItTMnas; pre-conflict

mUlmti ¬kar¦ b¤mtiRBmeRBogrYm consensus


emtþaFm’ compassion
menaKmn_viC¢a ideology

emah³ ¬karvegVgvgVan;¦ moha (delusion)


yl;citþ ¬kar¦ empathy
yl;dwgsIuCMerA ¬kar¦ insight

yl;RcLM ¬kar¦ misunderstanding


yutþaFikar jurisdiction
yutþiFm’ pþl;sMNg¼eFVIbdiTan restitutional justice

yutþiFm’dak;eTasBin½y punitive justice

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 163 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
yutþiFm’tamkarBin½y b¤sgswk retributive justice
yutþiFm’tamkarEbgEck distributive justice
yutþiFm’tamnItiviFI procedural justice

yutþiFm’tamsMNg restorative justice


yutþiFm’Gnþrkal transitional justice
yutþiFm’énrcnasm<½n§ structural justice

yutþiFm’énRkbx½NÐc,ab; legal justice


yuT§nakar campaign
yuT§viFI tactic

yuT§snþiPaB armistice
yuT§sa®sþ strategy
yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼caj; win/lose

yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼QñH win/win


rkerOgeQøaH b¤RbNaMgRbECg challenge
rkSamuxmat; ¬kar¦ saving face

rkSasnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peacekeeping


rgeRKaH ¬Gñk¦ victim
rdæGMNac authority

rdæaPi)alGnþrkal¼GñkdwknaMGnþrkal transitional government/leader


rdæaPi)alEdlekItedayRsbc,ab; legitimate government
rdæEdlmanRbB½n§dwknaMTn;exSay weak state

rdæEdlmanRbB½n§mindMeNIrkar failed state


rbt;KitKUr mind-set
rbYspøÚvcitþ trauma

ry³eBlsMrab;eFVI[KUvivaTRtCak;citþnwgKñaeLIgvij cooling-off period


rab;bBa©Úl¬kar¦ b¤rYmbBa©Úl inclusion/inclusive
rIkraldal ¬kar¦ escalation (of conflict)

rIkraldalénTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict escalation

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 164 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/ karedaHRsaybBaðaeday collaborative problem-solving
shkarKña
rYmKñaEsVgrkkarBit ¬kar¦ joint fact-finding

rYmpSMKMnitCasMgat;¼rYmKMnitk,t;CasMgat;/ ¬kar¦ conspiracy


rebobvar³ b¤bMNg agenda
rebobvar³sMrab;snþiPaB Agenda for Peace

eraKvinicä½y diagnosis
eraKsBaØa b¤sBaØabgðajehtu symptom
erIseGIg ¬kar¦ discrimination

erOgr:avlak;kM)aMg hidden agenda


erobcMKMeragniyayeLIgvij ¬kar¦ reframing
rMCYlcitþ ¬kar¦ emotions

rMsay ¬kar¦ demobilisation


rMelaP¼bMBanGMNac ¬kar¦ abuse of discretion
lkçN³vinicä½y b¤lkçzan criteria

lT§pl outcome
lubecal b¤TukCaemaX³ cancel
lUkéd b¤eRCotERCkkñúgerOgGñkdéT interfere

elak¼BiPB TIbI Third World


elaPln; ¬esckþI¦ greed
elaP³ ¬PaBelaPln;¦ lobha (greed)

elIksresIr ¬kar¦ appreciation


elIkElgeTas ¬kar¦ amnesty
elIkElgeTas ¬kar¦ pardon

lMnaM b¤TMrg; b¤EbbEpn pattern


lMeGog b¤eFVI[lMeGog bias
vdþeronsURt learning cycle

vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB Action Learning Cycle

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 165 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
vb,Fm’ culture
vb,Fm’rYceTas culture of impunity
vb,Fm’snþiPaB Culture of Peace

vb,Fm’higSa culture of violence


vaTb,divaT controversy
viFIbBa¢ak; b¤bgðajeLIgvij mirroring

viFIsa®sþkñúgkarelIkbBaða problem-posing approach


viFIsa®sþdwknaMedayKµandak;bBa¢a non-directive method
viFIsa®sþpøÚvTUtedIm,IbgáarCamun preventive diplomacy

viFIsa®sþBIeRkameLIgelI bottom-up approach


viFIsa®sþedaHRsaybBaða problem-solving approach
viFIsaRsþBIelIcuHeRkam top-down approach

viFIsaRsþedaHRsayTMnas; approaches to conflict


vinicä½y judge
vinicä½yeTas adjudicate

vibtþi crisis
viPaK ¬kar¦ analysis
viPaKkmøaMg¼GMNac ¬kar¦ énPaKIenAkñúgTMnas; force-field analysis

viPaKkñúgRTg;RTayma:RkU ¬kar¦ macro-analysis


viPaKtamsaCIRCug b¤tamBIra:mIt/ ¬kar¦ pyramid analysis
viPaKTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict analysis

vivaT b¤CMelaH dispute


vivaTkargarrYm collective dispute
vivaTbuKÁl individual dispute

vivaTGMBIplRbeyaCn_ interest dispute


vivaTGMBIsiT§i rights dispute
vismit b¤EdlcUlKñamincuH b¤mincuHsMrug b¤minsIuKña incompatible

viesaFnkmµ b¤karEkERb amendment

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 166 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
viesaFnkmµ¬eFVI¦ b¤EkERb amend
s®gÁam war
s®gÁamsIuvil civil war

skmµCn activist
skmµniym activism
skmµniym ¬Gñk¦ activist

skmµPaBcM² b¤edaypÞal; direct action


skmµPaBmnusSFm’ humanitarian action
skmµPaBGhigSa¼skmµPaBGhigSaedaycMeBaH nonviolent action / nonviolent direct
action
skmµRKb;RKg proactive
sgswk ¬kar¦ revenge

stüanum½t objective
snþiPaB peace
snþiPaB¬eFVI[man¦ b¤bBa©b;CMelaH pacify

snþiPaBCaviC¢man b¤snþiPaBBitR)akd positive peace


snþiPaBniym pacifism
snþiPaBpuyRsYy precarious peace

snþiPaBmanlkçxNÐ conditional peace


snþiPaBsßitsßir stable peace
snþisuxmnusS human security

snÞna ¬kar¦ dialogue


sn§isBaØa treaty
snñisIT conference

snµt assume
snµt ¬kar¦ assumption
sBaØaxn§ perception

sPaBenAdEdl status quo

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 167 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
smtßPaBrbs;mUldæankñúgkarksagsnþiPaB Local Capacities for Peace
smtßPaBrbs;mUldæanedIm,IGhigSa local capacities for non-violence
sm½<n§PaB alliance

smancitþ sympathy
smahrNkmµCafµI reintegration
srubcMNucsMxan; b¤segçb summarise

svnakar audience
shkar ¬kic©¦ collaboration
shkarI/ Gñkshkar collaborator

shRbtibtþikar ¬kic©¦ cooperation


sac;erOg issue
sikçasala workshop

sikçasalaedaHRsaybBaða problem-solving workshop


siTi§RCkekan asylum
siT§i rights

siT§iBlrdæ civil rights


siT§imnusS human rights
sil,³kñúgkarsaksYr questioning

sIlFm’ morality
sucrit ¬esckþI¦ integrity
segátkarN_ observing

esckþIPan;PaMg delusion
esckþIsMerccitþedaymankarcUlrYm participatory decision-making
esckþIEføgkarN_saklGMBIsiT§imnusS Universal Declaration of Human Rights

esckþIRbkasBt’man press release


EsVgrkkarBit ¬kar¦ fact-finding
sMgat; ¬eday¦ confidentiality

sMNg compensation

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 168 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
sMnYrbiT closed question
sMnYrebIk b¤sMnYrcMh open question
sMrbtam accommodate

sMrbsMrYl facilitate
sMrbsMrYl ¬kar¦ facilitation
sMrbsMrYl ¬Gñk¦ facilitator

sMruHsMrYl¼RBmeRBogKñacUlrYmlHbg;mñak; compromise
bnþic²rvagPaKITMnas;/ ¬kar¦
sMruHsMrYl ¬kar¦ mediation

sMruHsMrYl ¬Gñk¦ b¤sn§akarI mediator


sMruHsMrYl b¤eFVIsn§akarI mediate
sMruHsMrYlrvagGñkrgeRKaHnigGñkRbRBwtþ ¬kar¦ victim-offender mediation

sMruHsMrYledaypþl;eyabl; ¬kar¦ advisory mediation


sMruHsMrYlRtLb;cuHeLIg ¬kar¦ shuttle mediation
sMruHsMrYlRbkbedaysti ¬kar¦ Mindful Mediation

sMlab;rgÁal ¬kar¦ genocide


sMGb; b¤KMnMu b¤BieraF animosity
sMueTas b¤ln;tYeTas b¤xmaeTas apologise

sMerc ¬eKalbMng¦ b¤bMeBj ¬ebskkmµ¦ achieve


sMerccitþ ¬kar¦ decision
sMerccitþ ¬kareFVIesckþI¦ decision-making

sMEdgtY ¬kar¦ role-play


sþg;da standard
sþab;¼TsSna¼Gan/ ¬ Gñk¦ audience

sþab;edayskmµ ¬kar¦ active listening


sþIbenÞas b¤niyayriHKn; blame
sßankarN_CMelaHmYydUcEl,gEdlBinÞúsgxag zero-sum game

TUTat;)ansUnü
mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa
Peacebuilding Lexicon - 169 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
sßabna ¬EdlmanlkçN³¦ constructive
sRgÁamRtCak; cold war
sRtUv enemy

s¥b;ex<Im ¬esckþI¦ hate


haynPaB holocaust
higSakñúgRKYsar ¬GMeBI¦ domestic violence

higSaEdlmanCarcnasm<½n§ ¬GMeBI¦ structural violence


ehdæarcnasm<½n§ infrastructure
LúkeGA ¬cak;esarmin[kmµkrcUlkEnøgeFVIkar¦ lockout

Gkmµ¼Gkmµniym passive/passivism
GkuslmUl akusalā mūlā
Gt;Fµt; ¬esckþI¦ patience

Gt;eTas ¬kar¦ forgiveness


Gt;eGan ¬kar¦ tolerance
GtulüPaB imbalance

GtþsBaØaN identity
GtþsBaØaNRkum identity group
GnaFibetyü anarchy

GnaFibetyüniym ¬Gñk¦ anarchist


GnuvtþEpnkarbgçM[mansnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peace-enforcement
GnusBaØaRkughSWENv Geneva Conventions

Gnusasn_ recommendation
Gnþr b¤rvag ¬CabuBVbT¦ inter-
Gnþrskmµ b¤karRbsBVKña b¤karCYbKña interaction

GnþraKmn_ ¬eFVI¦ intervene


GnþraKmn_¼bTGnþraKmn_ intervention
GnþraKmn_rbs;PaKITIbI ¬kareFVI¦ third party intervention

Gb;rMsnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peace education

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 170 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
GBüaRkwtPaB neutrality
GP½yÉksiT§itampøÚvTUt diplomatic immunity
GPivDÆn_ ¬kar¦ development

GPivDÆn_GgÁkar ¬kar¦ organisational development (OD)


GhigSa nonviolence
GhigSaskmµ active nonviolence

Gakb,kiriya behaviour
GaccUldl;¼GaccUleTACit)an ¬Edl¦ accessible
GaCJakNþal referee

GaCJakNþal ¬Gñk¦/ b¤emGeNþIk go-between


GaCJaFr authority
Gaf’kM)aMg confidence

GaytPaB tension
Gasnñd¾sµúKsµaj ¬PaB¦ complex emergency
GMNac power

GMNackñúgkarsMruHsMrYl power mediation


GMNacbgçM coercive power
GMNacpøÚvcitþKMnit moral authority

GMeBIhigSa violence
GHGag b¤bBa¢ak; affirm
GñkdwknaM ¬PaBCa¦ leadership

GñkrgkMhusGñkÉeTot scapegoat
GñksMrbsMrYl moderator
\riyabf/ citþ attitude

\riyabfGviC¢man b¤critGviC¢man negative attitude


]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg onion tool
]bkrN_dUNat; b¤]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg doughnut tool (onion tool)

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa


Peacebuilding Lexicon - 171 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB
]bkrN_sMrab;viPaK b¤sMrab;TMnak;TMng b¤sMrab;GnþraKmn_ tools for analysis, communication,
.l. intervention, etc.
]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam war crimes

]RkidæCnkñúgs®gÁam war criminal


ÉkPaB unity
ÉketaPaKI ¬Ca¦ unilateral

»kas/ »kasEdlmkdl; opportunity

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa

Você também pode gostar